Skip to main content

UBS Group AG 6-K, filed Mar 5, 2021

UBS Group AG (UBS)

6-K 2021-03-05 For: 2020-12-31
View Original
Added on April 08, 2026

About this 6-K

UBS Group AG filed this 6-K on March 5, 2021.

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

_________________

FORM 6-K

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16 UNDER

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date: March 5, 2021

UBS Group AG

Commission File Number: 1-36764

UBS AG

Commission File Number: 1-15060

(Registrants' Name)

Bahnhofstrasse 45, Zurich, Switzerland and

Aeschenvorstadt 1, Basel, Switzerland

(Address of principal executive offices)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrants file or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20‑F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F  x                        Form 40-F  o

This Form 6-K consists of the 31 December 2020 Pillar 3 report of UBS Group and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups, which appears immediately following this page.

31 December 2020 Pillar 3 report

UBS Group and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Termsused in this report, unless the context requires otherwise

“UBS,”<br> “UBS Group,” “UBS Group AG consolidated,” “Group,”<br> “the Group,” “we,” “us” and “our” UBS Group AG<br> and its consolidated subsidiaries
“UBS AG<br> consolidated” UBS AG and its<br> consolidated subsidiaries
“UBS Group AG”<br> and “UBS Group AG standalone” UBS Group AG on<br> a standalone basis
“UBS AG” and<br> “UBS AG standalone” UBS AG on a<br> standalone basis
“UBS<br> Switzerland AG” and “UBS Switzerland AG standalone” UBS Switzerland<br> AG on a standalone basis
“UBS Europe SE<br> consolidated” UBS Europe SE<br> and its consolidated subsidiaries
“UBS Americas<br> Holding LLC” and<br><br> <br>“UBS Americas<br> Holding LLC consolidated” UBS Americas<br> Holding LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries
Table of contents
--- --- ---
Introduction and basis for preparation
UBS Group
18 Section<br> 1 Key metrics
21 Section<br> 2 Overview of risk-weighted<br> assets
23 Section<br> 3 Linkage between financial<br> statements and regulatory exposures
26 Section<br> 4 Credit risk
58 Section<br> 5 Counterparty credit risk
69 Section<br> 6 Comparison of A-IRB approach<br> and standardized approach for credit risk
74 Section<br> 7 Securitizations
77 Section<br> 8 Market risk
87 Section<br> 9 Operational risk
88 Section<br> 10 Interest rate risk in the<br> banking book
92 Section<br> 11 Going and gone concern<br> requirements and eligible capital
101 Section<br> 12 Total loss-absorbing capacity
103 Section<br> 13 Leverage ratio
106 Section<br> 14 Liquidity coverage ratio
109 Section<br> 15 Remuneration
110 Section<br> 16 Requirements for global<br> systemically important banks and related indicators
Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups
112 Section<br> 1 Introduction
112 Section<br> 2 UBS AG standalone
117 Section<br> 3 UBS Switzerland AG standalone
124 Section<br> 4 UBS Europe SE consolidated
125 Section<br> 5 UBS Americas Holding LLC<br> consolidated

Contacts


Switchboards

For all general inquiries.

ubs.com/contact

Zurich +41-44-234 1111

London +44-207-567 8000

New York +1-212-821 3000

Hong Kong +852-2971 8888

Singapore +65-6495 8000

Investor Relations

Institutional, professional and

retail investors are supported by UBS’s Investor Relations team.

UBS Group AG, Investor Relations

P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland

ubs.com/investors

Zurich +41-44-234 4100

New York +1-212-882 5734

Media Relations

Global media and journalists

are supported by UBS’s Media Relations team.

ubs.com/media

Zurich +41-44-234 8500

mediarelations@ubs.com

London +44-20-7567 4714

ubs-media-relations@ubs.com

New York +1-212-882 5858

mediarelations-ny@ubs.com

Hong Kong +852-2971 8200

sh-mediarelations-ap@ubs.com


Office of the Group CompanySecretary

The Group Company Secretary receives inquiries regarding compensation and related issues addressed to members of the Board of Directors.

UBS Group AG, Office of the

Group Company Secretary

P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland

sh-company-secretary@ubs.com

Zurich +41-44-235 6652

Shareholder Services

UBS’s Shareholder Services team,

a unit of the Group Company Secretary Office, is responsible

for the registration of UBS Group AG registered shares.

UBS Group AG, Shareholder Services

P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland

sh-shareholder-services@ubs.com

Zurich +41-44-235 6652

US Transfer Agent

For global registered share-related

inquiries in the US.

Computershare Trust Company NA

P.O. Box 505000

Louisville, KY 40233-5000, USA

Shareholder online inquiries:

www-us.computershare.com/

investor/Contact

Shareholder website:

computershare.com/investor

Calls from the US

+1-866-305-9566

Calls from outside the US

+1-781-575-2623

TDD for hearing impaired

+1-800-231-5469

TDD for foreign shareholders

+1-201-680-6610


Imprint

Publisher: UBS Group AG, Zurich, Switzerland | ubs.com

Language: English

© UBS 2021. The key symbol and UBS are among the registered and unregistered trademarks of UBS. All rights reserved.

Introduction and basis for preparation

Scope of BaselIII Pillar 3 disclosures

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) Basel III capital adequacy framework consists of three complementary pillars. Pillar 1 provides a framework for measuring minimum capital requirements for the credit, market, operational and non-counterparty-related risks faced by banks. Pillar 2 addresses the principles of the supervisory review process, emphasizing the need for a qualitative approach to supervising banks. Pillar 3 requires banks to publish a range of disclosures, mainly covering risk, capital, leverage, liquidity and remuneration.

This report provides Pillar 3 disclosures for the UBS Group and prudential key figures and regulatory information for UBS AG standalone, UBS Switzerland AG standalone, UBS Europe SE consolidated and UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated in the respective sections under “Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups.”

As UBS is considered a systemically relevant bank (an SRB) under Swiss banking law, UBS Group AG and UBS AG are required to comply with regulations based on the Basel III framework as applicable to Swiss SRBs on a consolidated basis. Capital and other regulatory information as of 31 December 2020 for UBS Group AG consolidated is provided in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2020 and for UBS AG consolidated in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of the combined UBS Group AG and UBS AG Annual Report 2020, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

Local regulators may also require the publication of Pillar 3 information at a subsidiary or sub-group level. Where applicable, these local disclosures are provided under “Holding company and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups” at ubs.com/investors.

COVID-19 regulatory measures

COVID-19 temporary regulatory measures in Switzerland

In March 2020, the Swiss Federal Council adopted provisional emergency legislation to support small and medium-sized Swiss companies suffering from substantial reductions in revenue due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

In December 2020, the Swiss Parliament approved the COVID-19 Joint and Several Guarantee Act, which became effective on 19 December 2020. This Act codified the measures adopted under emergency legislation into ordinary law and provides for regulation of the loan programs and guarantees over their life cycle. The new Act extends the standard amortization period of loans from five to eight years.

Under the aforementioned legislation, and until 31 July 2020, affected companies were able to apply through their banks for emergency loans, amounting to a maximum of 10% of their annual turnover, with a ceiling of CHF 20 million. As of that date, we had committed CHF 2.7 billion of loans up to CHF 0.5 million, which are 100% guaranteed by the Swiss government, and CHF 0.6 billion of loans between CHF 0.5 million and CHF 20 million, which are 85% government-guaranteed. As of 31 December 2020, the total committed loans amounted to CHF 3.0 billion (31 July 2020: CHF 3.3 billion), of which CHF 1.8 billion was drawn. We intend to donate any economic profits from this program to COVID-19 relief efforts, although no such profits were made in 2020.

Furthermore, the Swiss Federal Council deactivated the countercyclical buffer on residential real estate loans in March 2020 until further notice, at the request of the Swiss National Bank (the SNB), to support the lending capacity of banks. This led to a reduction of 29 basis points of UBS’s common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital requirement as of 31 December 2020, with no impact on UBS’s capital ratios.

Banks that have model-based market risk RWA calculations, such as UBS, experienced an increased number of backtesting exceptions, driven by the higher volatility levels in the markets throughout 2020. These exceptions could ultimately result in higher bank-specific minimum capital requirements. To prevent procyclicality in capital requirements, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) introduced a temporary exemption, freezing the number of backtesting exceptions from 1 February 2020 until 1 July 2020, and subsequently introduced this exemption into supervisory practice: the exemption therefore continued to apply beyond 1 July 2020, subject to future withdrawal by the regulator. For UBS, the number of negative backtesting exceptions within a 250-business-day window increased from 0 to 3 by the end of 2020. The resulting FINMA VaR multiplier for market risk RWA remained unchanged at 3 as of 31 December 2020; UBS did not benefit from the exemption in 2020.

In addition, FINMA permitted banks to temporarily exclude central bank sight deposits from the leverage ratio denominator (the LRD) for the purpose of calculating going concern ratios. This exemption applied until 1 January 2021. Applicable dividends or similar distributions approved by shareholders after 25 March 2020 reduced the relief by the LRD equivalent of the capital distribution. As of 31 December 2020, these exclusions resulted in a temporary reduction of our LRD for going concern requirement purposes of USD 93 billion. Given our existing buffers to capital requirements and the temporary nature of this measure, this had no impact on our capacity to provide funding to our clients or the Swiss economy.

›    Refer to the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligiblecapital” section of this report for more information about the effects of thetemporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19

COVID-19 temporary regulatory measures outside Switzerland

Regulators in key jurisdictions outside of Switzerland have taken measures intended to encourage banks to take an accommodative stance when dealing with customers facing financial stress, and also to support liquidity in markets. These measures include temporary relaxation of capital buffer and Pillar 2 capital requirements, temporary modifications to the LRD and the establishment of special lending or financing facilities.

The BCBS has delayed the implementation deadline of Basel III rules by one year, to 1 January 2023. The accompanying transitional arrangement for the output floor has also been extended by one year, to 1 January 2028. Separately, the BCBS and the International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) have extended the final implementation phase of the framework for margin requirements for non-centrally cleared derivatives by one year, to 1 September 2022.

2

In May 2020, the Federal Reserve made a temporary change to permit the exclusion of US Treasury securities and deposits at Federal Reserve Banks from the calculation of the supplementary leverage ratio for bank holding companies (BHCs) and intermediate holding companies (IHCs), including UBS Americas Holding LLC. This temporary change will be in effect until 31 March 2021.

The EU and the European Central Bank (the ECB) have also communicated a series of regulatory measures to stabilize the economy in Europe. None of those measures had a significant impact on UBS Group during 2020.

Capital returns

The second tranche of the 2019 dividend (USD 0.365 per share) was paid on 27 November 2020 following shareholder approval at an extraordinary general meeting on 19 November 2020.

For 2020, the Board of Directors intends to propose an ordinary dividend per share of USD 0.37 for the 2020 financial year, to be approved at the general meeting of shareholders in April 2021.

In the first quarter of 2020, before the introduction of COVID-related share repurchase restrictions, we repurchased CHF 350 million (USD 364 million) of our shares. In the first quarter of 2021, we repurchased the remaining CHF 100 million of our 2018–2021 program, which is now complete and closed.

Furthermore, we have established a USD 2.0 billion capital reserve for potential share repurchases during the second half of 2020. On 11 February 2021, we launched a new three-year program of up to CHF 4 billion, of which up to USD 1 billion is in the process of being executed by the end of the first quarter of 2021.

International action regarding capital distributions

During 2020, regulators in several jurisdictions implemented measures restricting bank capital distributions and share repurchase programs. These measures were intended to maintain capital resilience and lending capacity following the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic. As at 31 December 2020, no such measures were in place in Switzerland.

In June 2020, the European Systemic Risk Board issued a recommendation to prevent EU financial institutions from making capital distributions and running share repurchase programs, which was extended in July 2020 until 1 January 2021. In December 2020, the ECB announced that EU banks under its supervision, including UBS Europe SE, should exercise extreme prudence with regard to dividends and share repurchases from 1 January until 30 September 2021.

In the US, the Federal Reserve Board (the FRB) has taken several actions, including a prohibition on increasing dividends and share repurchases, which started in the third quarter of 2020, keeping these restrictions largely unchanged throughout the fourth quarter. As a result, UBS Americas Holding LLC was restricted from distributing cash dividends on common equity in excess of the firm’s average net income over the four preceding quarters. In December, the FRB announced that it would continue capital distribution constraints for supervised firms for the first quarter of 2021 and would review the need to renew such constraints at a later date.

UBS continues to monitor policy developments regarding distributions.


Significant regulatory and disclosure requirements and changeseffective in or from 2020

Significant BCBS and FINMA capital adequacy, liquidity and funding, and related disclosure requirements

This Pillar 3 report has been prepared in accordance with FINMA Pillar 3 disclosure requirements (FINMA Circular 2016/1 “Disclosure – banks”) as revised on 31 October 2019, the underlying BCBS guidance “Revised Pillar 3 disclosure requirements” issued in January 2015, the “Frequently asked questions on the revised Pillar 3 disclosure requirements” issued in August 2016, the “Pillar 3 disclosure requirements – consolidated and enhanced framework” issued in March 2017 and the subsequent “Technical Amendment – Pillar 3 disclosure requirements – regulatory treatment of accounting provisions” issued in August 2018.

Changes to Pillar 1 requirements

Revised FINMA circular on credit risk

Effective 1 January 2020, we have adopted the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR). SA-CCR is a comprehensive, non-modeled approach for measuring counterparty credit risk associated with over-the-counter derivatives, exchange-traded derivatives and long settlement transactions that replaces the current exposure method (CEM).

The implementation impact from SA-CCR on risk-weighted assets was USD 1.8 billion, which was fully absorbed during the first quarter of 2020.

We also adopted the capital requirements for investments in funds in the banking book detailed in FINMA Circular 2017/7 “Credit risk – banks,” whereby investments in funds that are held in the banking book are consistently treated with one of the following three approaches, which vary in their degree of risk sensitivity and conservatism: the “look-through approach,” the “mandate-based approach” or the “fallback approach.” The implementation of these revised capital requirements for fund investments led to a USD 0.6 billion increase in RWA, which was fully absorbed during the first quarter of 2020.

In addition, we have implemented the FINMA revisions to the capital treatment concerning UBS’s exposures to central counterparties, which mainly include a single approach for calculating capital requirements for exposures arising from UBS’s contributions to the mutualized default fund resources of a qualifying central counterparty (a QCCP) which had no material impact on risk-weighted assets, and the specific guidance regarding multi-level client structures where UBS clears its trades through intermediaries linked to a central counterparty.

Swiss SRB going and gone concernrequirements

As of 1 January 2020, we have fully phased in the going and gone concern requirements of the Swiss Capital Adequacy Ordinance (the CAO) that include the too-big-to-fail provisions applicable to Swiss SRBs.

As of 1 January 2020, instruments meeting gone concern requirements continue to remain eligible until one year before maturity; the previously applicable 50% haircut in the last year of eligibility has been removed. Instead, a maximum of 25% of the gone concern requirements can now be met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and

3

two years (i.e., are in the last year of eligibility). Once at least 75% of the gone concern requirement has been met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of greater than two years, all instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years remain eligible to be included in the total gone concern capital. Our gone concern instruments are reasonably evenly distributed across maturities, with no major cliffs; therefore, this 25% restriction has not affected us and we do not anticipate that it will affect us in the future.

Under the Swiss SRB framework, banks are eligible for a rebate on the gone concern requirement if they take actions that facilitate recovery and resolvability beyond the minimum requirements. The amount of the rebate for improved resolvability is assessed annually by FINMA. Based on actions we had completed by December 2019 to improve resolvability, FINMA granted a rebate on the gone concern requirement of 47.5% of the aforementioned maximum rebate in the third quarter of 2020, which resulted in a reduction of 2.54 percentage points for the RWA-based requirement and 0.89 percentage points for the LRD-based requirement.

Our gone concern requirements are further reduced when higher quality capital instruments (CET1 capital, low-trigger loss-absorbing AT1 or certain low-trigger tier 2 capital instruments) are used to meet gone concern requirements. As of 31 December 2020, UBS has used low-trigger tier 2 capital instruments to fulfill gone concern requirements, resulting in a reduction of 1.25 percentage points for the RWA-based requirement and 0.35 percentage points for the LRD-based requirement.

Until 31 December 2021, the gone concern requirement following the application of the rebate for resolvability measures and the reduction for the use of higher quality capital instruments is floored at 8.6% and 3% for the RWA- and LRD-based requirements, respectively. From 1 January 2022 onwards, this floor increases to 10% and 3.75% for the RWA- and LRD-based requirements, respectively.

›    Refer to the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet”section of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors ,for information about the current capital requirements

Gone concern capital requirements forUBS AG standalone and UBS Switzerland AG

Effective 1 January 2020, UBS AG standalone is subject to the gone concern capital requirements for Switzerland-based intermediate parent banks of global systemically important banks (G-SIBs) on a standalone basis, as stipulated in the revised CAO issued in November 2019. We have provided the necessary disclosure since the first quarter of 2020.

UBS Switzerland AG is subject to a lower gone concern requirement effective 1 January 2020, corresponding to 62% of the Group’s gone concern requirement (before applicable reductions) as outlined in the revised CAO.

›    Refer to the “UBS AG standalone” and the “UBS Switzerland AG standalone”sections of this report for more information about the revised gone concerncapital requirements

Revision of the Swiss Banking Act

In June 2020, the Swiss Federal Council adopted a dispatch on the partial revision of the Banking Act. The proposed measures

would strengthen the Swiss depositor protection scheme by requiring banks to deposit half of their contribution obligations for the deposit protection scheme in securities or cash with a custodian. A related adjustment to the Intermediated Securities Act would require custodians of securities to separate their own portfolios from the portfolios of their clients. Furthermore, the revision would amend the section of the Swiss Banking Act on bank insolvency provisions, including the ranking of claims in case of a bail-in and the required subordination of bail-in bonds, except those issued by a holding company with pari passu liabilities of less than 5% of the total bail-in bond capital.

As the next step, both chambers of the Parliament will debate the bill; the revised Banking Act is not expected to come into force until the start of 2022. We expect moderate additional costs for all Switzerland-based Group entities in scope.

Results of the annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

In June 2020, the Federal Reserve released the results of its annual Dodd–Frank Act Stress Tests (DFAST) and Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR).

UBS’s intermediate holding company, UBS Americas Holding LLC, exceeded minimum capital requirements under the severely adverse scenario and the Federal Reserve did not object to its capital plan. As a result, UBS Americas Holding LLC will no longer be subject to the qualitative assessment component of CCAR.

Following the completion of the annual DFAST and CCAR, UBS Americas Holding LLC was assigned a stress capital buffer (an SCB) of 6.7% under the SCB rule (based on Dodd–Frank Act stress test results and planned future dividends), which results in the imposition of restrictions if the SCB is not maintained above specified regulatory minimum capital requirements.

The Federal Reserve also conducted sensitivity analyses to model the economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. As a result of these supplementary analyses, the Federal Reserve determined that firms should resubmit revised capital plans based on a new stress scenario. In December 2020, the Federal Reserve released the results of this second CCAR of 2020. UBS Americas Holding LLC’s projected stress capital ratios exceeded regulatory capital minima under the updated supervisory scenarios.

Restatement of compensation-related liabilities

During 2020, UBS restated its balance sheet and statement of changes in equity as of 1 January 2018 to correct a liability understatement in connection with a legacy Global Wealth Management deferred compensation plan in the Americas region, resulting in a decrease in equity attributable to shareholders of USD 32 million. The corresponding effects on regulatory capital and other disclosed metrics were reflected in the comparative period figures where applicable. The restatement had no effect on net profit / (loss) for the current period or for any comparative periods.

›    Refer to “Note 1b Changes in accounting policies, comparability andother adjustments” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our AnnualReport 2020 report for more information


4

Changes to Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

First publicationof the Pillar 3 ”CCR8 – Exposures to central counterparties” table

Following the adoption of the FINMA revisions to the capital treatment concerning UBS’s exposures to central counterparties in January 2020, we disclose the semi-annual “CCR8 – Exposures to central counterparties” table.

Other changes to Pillar 3 disclosures

Simplification of Pillar 3 disclosures

Given the current immaterial business volumes and declining trend of total securitization exposures over the past years, we have condensed the following semi-annual Pillar 3 disclosures into one single tabular disclosure titled ”Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements”:

–   ”SEC1 – Securitization exposures in the banking book”;

–   ”SEC2 – Securitization exposures in the trading book”;

–   ”SEC3 – Securitization exposures in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements – bank acting as originator or as sponsor”; and

–   ”SEC4 – Securitization exposures in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements – bank acting as investor.”

The new table is presented in this report and in our 30 June 2020 Pillar 3 report.

Market risk RWA are mainly based on the internal models approach, with the exception of securitization exposures in the trading book, which are subject to the standardized approach. From the second quarter of 2020 onward, the MR1 table is therefore no longer separately presented and RWA from securitization exposures in the trading book continues to be disclosed in the “OV1 – Overview of RWA” and in the narrative of section 7 on securitization exposures in the trading book.

Significant model updates and accounting and methodology changeseffective in or from 2020

Removal of market risk RWA multiplier

When our value-at-risk (VaR) model was structurally changed in the first quarter of 2016, FINMA introduced a temporary market risk RWA multiplier of 1.3 to be applied in the calculation of VaR and stressed VaR (SVaR) RWA. As of 30 June 2020, we have removed this specific multiplier, following the demonstration of model performance.

Operational risk RWA model recalibration

During the fourth quarter of 2020, FINMA approved the annual Group advanced measurement approach (AMA) recalibration, resulting in a reduction of operational risk RWA by USD 1.8 billion, to USD 75.8 billion.

Phase-in of RWA effects

Effective from the third quarter of 2020, we began to phase in RWA increases related to the fourth quarter of 2020 release of new probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD) parameters for the mortgage portfolios in the US. As agreed with FINMA, the RWA effects of such model updates will be phased in over six quarters, until the end of 2021, with an estimated quarterly RWA increase of USD 0.5 billion.

Changes to accounting treatment affecting Pillar 1 and Pillar 3 disclosures of UBS AG standalone

In June 2020, we aligned the accounting treatment of investments in associates in the UBS AG International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) standalone accounts with the ”equity method” accounting applied in the UBS Group IFRS financial statements. Previously, we had applied a ”cost less impairment” approach for these investments in the UBS AG standalone IFRS financial statements. Effective 30 June 2020, UBS AG standalone CET1 capital, LRD and RWA increased by approximately USD 0.9 billion, USD 0.9 billion and USD 2.4 billion, respectively.

›    Refer to the “UBS AG standalone” section of our 30 June 2020Pillar 3 report for more information about the restated comparatives

Significant regulatoryand disclosure requirements to be adopted in 2021 or later

NSFR implementation

In September 2020, the Swiss Federal Council adopted an amendment to the Liquidity Ordinance for the implementation of the net stable funding ratio (the NSFR). The NSFR regulation was finalized in the fourth quarter of 2020 with the release of the revised FINMA liquidity circular, and will become effective on 1 July 2021. It applies to UBS Group AG at the consolidated level and to UBS AG, UBS Switzerland AG and UBS Swiss Financial Advisers AG at the standalone level. UBS is on schedule to operationalize the NSFR regulation; its overall effect on UBS is expected to be limited.

In October 2020, the US banking regulators finalized the NSFR rule for supervised firms to ensure a minimum level of stable funding. The rule becomes effective as of 1 July 2021 and will require semi-annual disclosure from 1 January 2023. As a Category III firm under the Federal Reserve’s Tailoring Rule (2019), UBS’s intermediate holding company, UBS Americas Holding LLC, and its subsidiary bank, UBS Bank USA, will be subject to an NSFR requirement of 85%.

In the European Union, the European Commission adopted the updated Capital Requirements Regulation in June 2019, which will become effective from 28 June 2021. The regulation requires UBS Europe SE to provide a detailed annual NSFR disclosure and a semi-annual NSFR key metrics disclosure.

›    Refer to the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet”section of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors , **** for more information about the NSFR

Basel III finalization and adjustments to market risk framework

The BCBS announced the finalization of the Basel III framework in December 2017, and published the final rules on the minimum capital requirements for market risk (the Fundamental Review of the Trading Book) in January 2019. In response to COVID-19, the Group of Central Bank Governors and Heads of Supervision, which acts as the Basel Committee’s oversight body, endorsed the deferral of the implementation date by one year, to 1 January 2023. The accompanying transitional arrangements for the output floor have also been extended by one year, to 1 January 2028. The most significant changes include:

–   placing floors on certain model inputs under the IRB approach to calculate credit risk RWA;

5

–     requiring the use of standardized approaches for calculation of the credit valuation adjustment and for operational risk RWA;

–   placing an aggregate output floor on the group RWA equal to 72.5% of the RWA calculated using a revised standardized approach; and

–   revising the LRD calculation and introducing a leverage ratio surcharge for G-SIBs.

The revisions to the minimum capital requirements on market risk include adjustments to the risk sensitivity of the standardized approach, the calibration of certain elements of the framework and adjustments of the internal models approach. The revised BCBS standards will take effect from 1 January 2023.

We do not expect the Swiss regulations to become mandatory until after the BCBS target effective date of 1 January 2023.

Leverage ratio treatment

In June 2019, the BCBS aligned the leverage ratio measurement of client-cleared derivatives with SA-CCR. This treatment permits both cash and non-cash forms of segregated initial margin, as well as cash and non-cash variation margin, received from a client to offset the replacement cost and potential future exposure for client-cleared derivatives only. This will help to mitigate any potential effect on the LRD from the finalization of the Basel III framework. The modified standardized approach for counterparty credit risk for leverage ratio purposes will become effective 1 January 2023. We expect the effective date in Switzerland to be aligned with the adoption of the Basel III finalization.

Pillar 3 disclosure requirements

The BCBS has updated the Pillar 3 disclosure requirements to reflect the revisions to the operational risk, market risk, credit risk, credit value adjustments and leverage ratio under the finalized Basel III framework. In addition, there will be new disclosure requirements on asset encumbrance and, if required by national supervisors at the jurisdictional level, on capital distribution constraints. Further, banks are asked to disclose their leverage ratios based on quarter-end and daily average values of securities financing transactions. These requirements will become effective 1 January 2023. We expect the effective date in Switzerland to be aligned with the adoption of the Basel III finalization.

Revisions to the CVA risk framework

In July 2020, the BCBS replaced the Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) risk framework published in December 2017 with an updated standard. This final standard incorporates changes proposed in the consultation published in November 2019, and includes recalibrated risk weights, different treatment of certain client cleared derivatives and an overall recalibration of the standardized and basic approach including a reduced value of the aggregate multiplier for banks using the SA-CVA. These revisions come into effect on 1 January 2023. We expect the effective date in Switzerland to be aligned with the adoption of the Basel III finalization.

Capital treatment of securitizations of non-performing loans

The BCBS issued a technical amendment in November 2020 that sets out capital requirements for non-performing loan securitizations, with an expected implementation date no later than 1 January 2023. The technical amendment establishes a 100% risk weight for certain tranches of non-performing loan securitizations. The risk weights applicable to the other positions are determined by the existing hierarchy of approaches, in conjunction with a 100% risk weight floor and a ban on the use of certain inputs for capital requirements. This amendment does not change the applicable capital requirements to securitizations of performing assets. We expect the effective date in Switzerland to be aligned with the adoption of the Basel III finalization.

Significant BCBS and FINMA consultation papers

Minimum haircut floors for securitiesfinancing transactions

On 26 January 2021, the BCBS issued a consultation to seek public feedback on two technical amendments to the standard on minimum haircut floors for securities financing transactions (SFTs). The amendments seek to address an interpretative issue relating to collateral upgrade transactions and correct for a misstatement of the formula used to calculate haircut floors for netting sets of SFTs. Comments on this consultative paper are due by 31 March 2021.

Frequency and comparability of Pillar 3disclosures

The table on the next page summarizes the reporting frequency for each disclosure as per the current FINMA requirements applicable to UBS.

We provide quantitative comparative information as of 30 September 2020 for disclosures required on a quarterly basis and as of 30 June 2020 for disclosures required on a semi-annual basis. Where specifically required by FINMA and / or the BCBS, we disclose comparative information for additional reporting dates.

Where required, movement commentary is aligned with the corresponding disclosure frequency required by FINMA and always refers to the latest comparative period. Throughout this report, signposts are displayed at the beginning of a section, table or chart – Annual | Semi-annual | Quarterly | – indicating whether the disclosure is provided annually, semi-annually or quarterly. A triangle symbol – p  p  p  – indicates the end of the signpost.

›    Refer to our 31 March 2020, 30 June 2020 and 30 September2020 Pillar 3 reports, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors , for more information aboutpreviously published quarterly movement commentary

›    Refer to our 30 June 2020 Pillar 3 report, available under“Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors ,for more information about previously published semi-annual movement commentary

6

The following table outlines the annual, semi-annual and quarterly disclosure requirements that are satisfied in this report for UBS Group and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups as applicable. For specific disclosures, this report may refer to our Annual Report 2020.

FINMA reference^1^ Disclosure title in this report Section of this report Page number in this report
Annual disclosure requirements
OVA Bank risk<br> management approach Introduction and<br> basis for preparation 11–12
LI1 Differences<br> between accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and mapping of<br> financial statements with regulatory risk categories Section 3<br> Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures 23
LI2 Main sources of<br> differences between regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in<br> financial statements (under the regulatory scope of consolidation) Section 3<br> Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures 25
LIA Explanations of<br> differences between accounting and regulatory exposure amounts Section 3 Linkage<br> between financial statements and regulatory exposures 24
PV1 Prudent<br> valuation adjustments (PVA) Section 11 Going<br> and gone concern requirements and eligible capital 99
GSIB1 Disclosure of<br> G-SIB indicators Section 16<br> Requirements for global systemically important banks and related indicators 109
LIQA Liquidity risk<br> management Section 14<br> Liquidity coverage ratio 107
CRA Credit risk<br> management Section 4 Credit<br> risk 27
CRB Additional<br> disclosure related to the credit quality of assets:<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Breakdown<br> of exposures by industry<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Breakdown<br> of exposures by geographical area<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Breakdown<br> of exposures by residual maturity<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Credit-impaired<br> exposures by industry<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Credit-impaired<br> exposures by geographical area<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Past<br> due exposures<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Breakdown<br> of restructured exposures between credit-impaired and non-credit-impaired Section 4 Credit<br> risk 28<br><br> <br>28<br><br> <br>29<br><br> <br>30<br><br> <br>30<br><br> <br>32<br><br> <br>32
CRC Credit risk<br> mitigation Section 4 Credit<br> risk 33
CRD Qualitative<br> disclosures on banks’ use of external credit ratings under the standardized<br> approach for credit risk Section 4 Credit<br> risk 37
CRE Internal<br> ratings-based models Section 4 Credit<br> risk 39
CR9 IRB –<br> backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio Section 4 Credit<br> risk 50–56
CCRA Counterparty<br> credit risk management Section 5<br> Counterparty credit risk 58
SECA –  <br>   Introduction<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Objectives,<br> roles and involvement Section 7<br> Securitization 74<br><br> <br>74–75
MRA Market risk Section 8 Market<br> risk 77
MRB Internal models<br> approach Section 8 Market<br> risk 80
IRRBBA Interest rate<br> risk in the banking book Section 10<br> Interest rate risk in the banking book 88
IRRBB1 Quantitative<br> information about IRRBB Section 10<br> Interest rate risk in the banking book 89
IRRBBA1 Quantitative<br> disclosures relating to the position structure and interest rate reset of<br> IRRBB risk Section 10<br> Interest rate risk in the banking book 90–91
REMA Remuneration<br> policy Section 15<br> Remuneration 108
ORA Operational risk Section 9<br> Operational risk 87
- Calculation of<br> VaR- and SVaR-based RWA as of 31 December 2020 Section 8 Market<br> risk 82
- Calculation of<br> RniV-based RWA as of 31 December 2020 Section 8 Market<br> risk 84
- Calculation of<br> IRC-based RWA as of 31 December 2020 Section 8 Market<br> risk 85
- Comprehensive<br> risk measure Section 8 Market<br> risk 86

7

FINMA referenc e^1^ Disclosure title in this report Section in this report Page number in this report
Semi-annual disclosure requirements
CR1 Credit quality<br> of assets Section 4 Credit<br> risk 31
CR2 Changes in stock<br> of defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures Section 4 Credit<br> risk 32
CR3 Credit risk<br> mitigation techniques – overview Section 4 Credit<br> risk 34
CR4 Standardized<br> approach – credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation (CRM) effects Section 4 Credit<br> risk 35
CR5 Standardized<br> approach – exposures by asset classes and risk weights Section 4 Credit<br> risk 38
CR6 IRB – credit<br> risk exposures by portfolio and PD range Section 4 Credit<br> risk 40–47
CR7 IRB – effect on<br> RWA of credit derivatives used as CRM techniques Section 4 Credit<br> risk 36
CR10 IRB (equities<br> under the simple risk-weight method) Section 4 Credit<br> risk 57
CCR1 Analysis of<br> counterparty credit risk (CCR) exposure by approach Section 5<br> Counterparty credit risk 59
CCR2 Credit valuation<br> adjustment (CVA) capital charge Section 5<br> Counterparty credit risk 59
CCR3 Standardized<br> approach – CCR exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk weights Section 5<br> Counterparty credit risk 60
CCR4 IRB – CCR<br> exposures by portfolio and PD scale Section 5<br> Counterparty credit risk 61–65
CCR5 Composition of<br> collateral for CCR exposure Section 5<br> Counterparty credit risk 66
CCR6 Credit<br> derivatives exposures Section 5<br> Counterparty credit risk 66
CCR8 Exposures to<br> central counterparties Section 5<br> Counterparty credit risk 68
SEC1, SEC2,<br> SEC3, SEC4 Tailored table<br> “Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and associated<br> regulatory capital requirements“ Section 7<br> Securitizations 76
MR1 The data is<br> reflected in the “Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book<br> and associated regulatory capital requirements” table Section 7<br> Securitizations 76
MR3 IMA values for<br> trading portfolios Section 8 Market<br> risk 81
MR4 Comparison of<br> VaR estimates with gains / losses Section 8 Market<br> risk 83
CC1 Composition of<br> regulatory capital Section 11 Going<br> and gone concern requirements and eligible capital 96–98
CC2 Reconciliation<br> of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of<br> consolidation Section 11 Going<br> and gone concern requirements and eligible capital 94–95
CCA Main features of<br> regulatory capital instruments and other TLAC-eligible instruments n/a – The CCA<br> table is published on our website. Refer to the document titled “Capital and<br> total loss-absorbing capacity instruments of UBS Group AG consolidated and<br> UBS AG consolidated and standalone – key features” under “Bondholder<br> information” at ubs.com/investors, for more information. n/a
CCyB1 Geographical<br> distribution of credit exposures used in the countercyclical capital buffer Section 11 Going<br> and gone concern requirements and eligible capital 93
TLAC1 TLAC composition<br> for G-SIBs (at resolution group level) Section 12 Total<br> loss-absorbing capacity 100
TLAC2 Material<br> sub-group entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level Significant<br> regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:<br><br> <br>Section 5 UBS<br> Americas Holding LLC consolidated 125
TLAC3 Creditor ranking<br> at legal entity level for the resolution entity,<br><br> <br>UBS Group AG Section 12 Total<br> loss-absorbing capacity 101
- Main legal<br> entities consolidated under IFRS but not included in the regulatory scope of consolidation Section 3<br> Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures 24

8

FINMA reference^1^ Disclosure title in this report Section in this report Page number in this report
Quarterly disclosure requirements
KM1 Key metrics UBS Group:<br><br> <br>Section 1 Key<br> metrics<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Significant<br> regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:<br><br> <br>Section 2 UBS AG<br> standalone<br><br> <br>Section 3 UBS<br> Switzerland AG standalone<br><br> <br>Section 4 UBS<br> Europe SE consolidated<br><br> <br>Section 5 UBS<br> Americas Holding LLC consolidated 18–19<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>111<br><br> <br>116<br><br> <br>123<br><br> <br>124
KM2 Key metrics –<br> TLAC requirements (at resolution group level) Section 1 Key<br> metrics 18, 20
OV1 Overview of RWA Section 2 Overview<br> of risk-weighted assets 21–22
CR8 RWA flow<br> statements of credit risk exposures under IRB Section 4 Credit<br> risk 49
CCR7 RWA flow<br> statements of CCR exposures under internal model method (IMM) and<br> value-at-risk (VaR) Section 5<br> Counterparty credit risk 67
MR2 RWA flow<br> statements of market risk exposures under an internal models approach Section 8 Market<br> risk 79
LR1 BCBS Basel III<br> leverage ratio summary comparison Section 13<br> Leverage ratio 104
LR2 BCBS Basel III<br> leverage ratio common disclosure Section 13<br> Leverage ratio 103
LIQ1 Liquidity<br> coverage ratio Section 14<br> Liquidity coverage ratio 106
- High-quality<br> liquid assets Section 14<br> Liquidity coverage ratio 105
- Swiss SRB going<br> and gone concern requirements and information UBS Group:<br><br> <br>Section 11 Going<br> and gone concern requirements and eligible capital<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Significant<br> regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:<br><br> <br>Section 2 UBS AG<br> standalone<br><br> <br>Section 3 UBS<br> Switzerland AG standalone 92<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>113<br><br> <br>117
- Swiss SRB going<br> concern requirements and information including temporary FINMA exemption UBS Group:<br><br> <br>Section 11 Going<br> and gone concern requirements and eligible capital<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Significant<br> regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups:<br><br> <br>Section 2 UBS AG<br> standalone<br><br> <br>Section 3 UBS<br> Switzerland AG standalone 93<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>112<br><br> <br>118
- Swiss SRB going and gone<br> concern information Significant regulated<br> subsidiaries and sub-groups:<br><br> <br>Section 2 UBS AG standalone<br><br> <br>Section 3 UBS Switzerland<br> AG standalone 114<br><br> <br>119
- Reconciliation of IFRS<br> total assets to BCBS Basel III total on-balance sheet exposures excluding derivatives<br> and securities financing transactions Section 13 Leverage ratio 102
- Swiss SRB leverage ratio<br> denominator Significant regulated<br> subsidiaries and sub-groups:<br><br> <br>Section 2 UBS AG standalone<br><br> <br>Section 3 UBS Switzerland<br> AG standalone 115<br><br> <br>120

1 Disclosure requirement per FINMA Circular 2016/1 “Disclosure – banks.”

9

Format of Pillar 3 disclosures

As defined by FINMA, certain Pillar 3 disclosures follow a fixed format, whereas other disclosures are flexible and may be modified to a certain degree to present the most relevant information. Pillar 3 requirements are presented under the relevant FINMA table / template reference (e.g., OVA, OV1, LI1, etc.). Pillar 3 disclosures may also include row labeling (1, 2, 3, etc.) as prescribed by FINMA. Naming conventions used in our Pillar 3 disclosures are based on the FINMA guidance and may not reflect UBS naming conventions.

The FINMA-defined asset classes used within this Pillar 3 report are as follows:

–   Central governments and central banks, consisting of exposures relating to governments at the level of the nation state and their central banks. The European Union is also treated as a central government.

–   Banks and securities dealers, consisting of exposures to legal entities holding banking licenses and securities firms subject to adequate supervisory and regulatory arrangements, including risk-based capital requirements. Securities firms can only be assigned to this asset class if they are subject to a supervision equivalent to that of banks.

–   Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks, consisting of exposures to institutions established on the basis of public law in different forms, such as administrative entities or public companies and regional governments, the Bank for International Settlements, the International Monetary Fund, and eligible multi-lateral development banks recognized by FINMA.

–   Corporates: specialized lending, consisting of exposures relating to income-producing real estate and high-volatility commercial real estate, commodities finance, project finance and object finance.

–   Corporates: other lending, consisting of all exposures to corporates that are not specialized lending. This asset class includes private commercial entities, such as corporations, partnerships or proprietorships, insurance companies and funds (including managed funds).

–   Retail: residential mortgages, consisting of residential mortgages, regardless of exposure size, if the owner occupies or rents out the mortgaged property.

–   Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures, consisting of unsecured and revolving credits to individuals that exhibit appropriate loss characteristics relating to credit card relationships at UBS.

–   Retail: other, consisting primarily of Lombard lending that represents loans made against the pledge of eligible marketable securities or cash, as well as exposures to small businesses, private clients and other retail customers without mortgage financing.

–   Equity, consisting of instruments that have no stated or predetermined maturity and represent a residual interest in the net assets of an entity.

–   Other assets, consisting of the remainder of exposures which UBS is exposed to, mainly non-counterparty-related assets.

Governance over Pillar 3 disclosures

The Board of Directors (the BoD) and senior management are responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective internal control structure over the disclosure of financial information, including Pillar 3 disclosures. In line with BCBS and FINMA requirements, we have a BoD-approved Pillar 3 disclosure governance policy in place, which includes information about the key internal controls and procedures designed to govern the preparation, review and sign-off of Pillar 3 disclosures. This Pillar 3 report has been verified and approved in line with that policy.

10

Risk management framework

Our Group-wide risk management framework is applied across all risk types. The table below presents an overview of risk management disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2020, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

Annual |

OVA – Bank risk management approach
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
Business model and risk profile Our strategy, business model and environment – Risk factors 56–66
– Current market climate and industry trends 31–33
Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet –<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>– Overview of risks arising from our business activities<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Risk categories<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Top and emerging risks<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Risk appetite framework<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Risk measurement<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Credit risk – Key developments, Main sources of credit risk,<br> Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques, Credit risk<br> profile of the Group<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Market risk – Key developments, Main sources of market risk,<br> Overview of measurement, monitoring and management techniques<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Interest rate risk in the banking book<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Other market risk exposures<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Country risk framework, Country risk exposure<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Operational risk framework<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Risk management and control principles 91–92<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>93<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>94<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>97–100<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>103–105<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>106–107<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>124<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>128–131<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>131–132<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>133–136<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>140<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>98
Risk governance Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet –<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>– Risk categories<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Risk governance<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Interest rate risk in the banking book – Risk management and<br> governance<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Liquidity and funding management  – Strategy, objectives and<br> governance<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Capital management – Capital management objectives, Capital<br> planning and activities 93<br><br> <br>95–96<br><br> <br>129<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>158<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>144
Communication and enforcement of risk culture within the bank Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet –<br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br>– Risk governance<br><br> <br>Risk appetite framework<br><br> <br>Internal risk reporting<br><br> <br>Operational risk framework 95–96<br><br> <br>97–100<br><br> <br>101<br><br> <br>140
Scope and main features of risk measurement systems Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet –<br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br>– Risk measurement<br><br> <br>Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques<br><br> <br>Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques<br><br> <br>Country risk exposure measure<br><br> <br>Advanced measurement approach model 103–105<br><br> <br>107<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>124<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>133<br><br> <br>141
Risk information reporting Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet –<br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br>– Risk governance<br><br> <br>Internal risk reporting<br><br> <br>Risk management and control principles 95–96<br><br> <br>101<br><br> <br>98

11

OVA – Bank risk management approach (continued)
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
Stress testing Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet – Risk appetite framework 97–100
– Stress testing 103–104
– Credit risk models – Stress loss 119
– Market risk stress loss 125
– Interest rate risk in the banking book 128–131
– Other market risk exposures 131–132
– Liquidity management – Stress testing 158
Strategies and processes applied to manage, hedge and mitigate<br> risks Risk, capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet – Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 107
– Credit risk mitigation 114–115
– Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 124
– Value-at-risk 125–128
– Interest rate risk in the banking book 128–131
– Other market risk exposures 131–132
– Country risk exposure 133–136
– Operational risk framework 140
– Liquidity and funding management 158–161
– Currency management 171
– Risk management and control principles 98
Consolidated financial statements – Note 10 Derivative instruments 320–321
– Note 20d Maximum exposure to credit risk 343
– Note 21i Maximum exposure to credit risk for financial<br> instruments measured at fair value 362
– Note 22 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities 364–365

p

12

Our approach to measuring risk exposure and risk-weighted assets

Depending on the intended purpose, the measurement of risk exposure that we apply may differ. Exposures may be measured for financial accounting purposes under IFRS for deriving our regulatory capital requirement or for internal risk management and control purposes. Our Pillar 3 disclosures are generally based on measures of risk exposure used to derive the regulatory capital required under Pillar 1. Our RWA are calculated according to the BCBS Basel III framework, as implemented by the Swiss Capital Adequacy Ordinance issued by the Swiss Federal Council and by the associated circulars issued by FINMA.

The table below provides a summary of the approaches we use for the main risk categories to determine the regulatory risk exposure and RWA.

Category Definition of risk Regulatory risk exposure Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
I. Credit risk
Credit risk Credit risk is<br> the risk of a loss resulting from the failure of a counterparty to meet its<br> contractual obligations toward UBS arising from transactions such as loans,<br> debt securities held in our banking book and undrawn credit facilities.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 4, Credit risk. Exposure at<br> default (EAD) is the amount we expect a counterparty to owe us at the time of<br> a possible default. For banking products, the EAD generally equals the IFRS<br> carrying amount as of the reporting date. The EAD is expected to remain constant<br> over the 12-month period. For loan commitments, a credit conversion factor is<br> applied to model expected future drawdowns over the 12-month period. We apply two<br> approaches to measure credit risk RWA:<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach, applied for<br> the majority of our businesses. Counterparty risk weights are determined by<br> reference to internal probability of default and loss given default<br> estimates.<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Standardized approach (SA), generally based on external ratings for a sub-set<br> of our credit portfolio where internal measures are not available.
Non-counterparty-related<br> risk Non-counterparty-related<br> risk (NCPA) denotes the risk of a loss arising from changes in value or from<br> liquidation of assets not linked to any counterparty, for example, premises,<br> equipment and software, and deferred tax assets on temporary differences.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 2, Overview of risk-weighted assets. The IFRS<br> carrying amount is the basis for measuring NCPA exposure. We measure<br> non-counterparty-related risk RWA by applying prescribed regulatory risk<br> weights to the NCPA exposure.
Equity positions<br> in the banking book Risk from equity<br> positions in the banking book refers to the investment risk arising from<br> equity positions and other relevant investments or instruments held in our<br> banking book.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 4, Credit risk. The IFRS<br> carrying amount is the basis for measuring risk exposure for equity<br> securities held in our banking book, but reflecting a net position. We measure the<br> RWA from equity positions in the banking book by applying prescribed<br> regulatory risk weights to our listed and unlisted equity exposures.

13

Category Definition of risk Regulatory risk exposure Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
II. Counterparty credit risk
Counterparty<br> credit risk Counterparty<br> credit risk is the risk that a counterparty for over-the-counter (OTC)<br> derivatives, exchange-traded derivatives (ETDs) or securities financing<br> transactions (SFTs) will default before the final settlement of a transaction<br> and cause a loss to the firm if the transaction has a positive economic value<br> at the time of default.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 5, Counterparty credit risk. We primarily use<br> internal models to measure counterparty credit risk exposures to third<br> parties. All internal models are approved by FINMA.<br><br> <br>–  <br>   For OTC derivatives and ETDs, <br> we apply the effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) and stressed<br> expected positive exposure (stressed EPE) as defined in the Basel III framework.<br><br> <br>–  <br>   For SFTs, we apply the<br> close-out period approach.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>In certain instances<br> where risk models are not available:<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Exposure on OTC derivatives and ETDs<br> is calculated considering the net positive replacement values and potential<br> future exposure.<br><br> <br>–     Exposure for SFTs is based on the IFRS carrying amount, net of collateral mitigation. We apply two<br> approaches to measure counterparty credit risk RWA:<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach, applied for the majority of our businesses.<br> Counterparty risk weights are determined by reference to internal<br> counterparty ratings and loss given default estimates.<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Standardized approach (SA), generally based on external ratings for a sub-set<br> of our credit portfolio, where internal measures are not available.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>We apply an<br> additional credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge to hold capital<br> against the risk of mark-to-market losses associated with the deterioration<br> of counterparty credit quality.
Settlement risk Settlement risk<br> is the risk of loss resulting from transactions that involve exchange of<br> value (e.g., security versus cash) where we must deliver without first being<br> able to determine with certainty that we will receive the countervalue.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 2, Overview of risk-weighted assets. The IFRS<br> carrying amount is the basis for measuring settlement risk exposure. We measure<br> settlement risk RWA through the application of prescribed regulatory risk<br> weights to the settlement risk exposure.
III. Securitization exposures in the banking book
Securitization<br> exposures in the banking book Exposures arising from traditional and synthetic<br> securitizations held in our banking book.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section 7, Securitizations. The IFRS carrying amount after eligible regulatory credit<br> risk mitigation and credit conversion factor is the basis for measuring<br> securitization exposure. Consistent with the BCBS, we apply the FINMA-defined<br> hierarchy of approaches for banking book securitizations to measure RWA:<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Internal ratings-based approach (SEC-IRBA), considering<br> the advanced IRB risk weights, if the securitized pool largely consists of<br> IRB positions and internal ratings are available.<br><br> <br>–  <br>   External ratings-based approach (SEC-ERBA), if the IRB approach cannot be applied, risk weights are<br> applied based on external ratings, provided that we are able to demonstrate<br> our expertise in critically reviewing and challenging the external ratings.<br><br> <br>–  <br>   Standardized approach (SEC-SA) or 1,250% risk weight factor, if none of the aforementioned approaches can<br> be applied, we would apply the standardized approach where the delinquency<br> status of a significant portion of the underlying exposure can be determined<br> or a risk weight of 1,250%.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>For<br> re-securitization exposures we apply either the standardized approach or a<br> risk weight factor of 1,250%.

14

Category Definition of risk Regulatory risk exposure Risk-weighted assets (RWA)
IV . Market **** risk
Value-at-risk (VaR) VaR is a<br> statistical measure of market risk, representing the market risk losses that<br> could potentially be realized over a set time horizon (holding period) at an<br> established level of confidence. For regulatory VaR, the holding period is 10<br> days and the confidence level is 99%. For our risk management measure<br> Management VaR we apply a holding period of 1 day and a confidence level of<br> 95%.<br><br> <br>For further<br> differences between the regulatory and Management VaR, refer to the “Risk management<br> and control” section of our Annual Report 2020.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 8, Market risk. The VaR<br> component of market risk RWA is calculated by taking the maximum of the<br> period-end VaR and the product of the average VaR for the 60 trading days<br> immediately preceding the period end and a VaR multiplier. The quantity is<br> then multiplied by a risk weight factor of 1,250% to determine RWA. The VaR<br> multiplier is dependent on the number of VaR backtesting exceptions within<br> the most recent 250-business-day window.
Stressed VaR <br> (SVaR) SVaR is a 10-day<br> 99% VaR measure that is estimated with model parameters that are calibrated<br> to historical data covering a one-year period of significant financial stress<br> relevant to the firm’s current portfolio.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 8, Market risk. The derivation<br> of SVaR RWA is similar to the one explained above for VaR. Unlike VaR, SVaR<br> is computed weekly, and as a result the average SVaR is computed over the<br> most recent 12 observations.
Add-on for risks<br> not in VaR  (RniV) Potential risks<br> that are not fully captured by our VaR model are referred to as RniV. We have<br> a framework to identify and quantify these potential risks and underpin them<br> with capital.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 8, Market risk. Our RniV<br> framework is used to derive the RniV-based component of the market risk RWA,<br> which is approved by FINMA. Starting in the second quarter of 2018, RniV and<br> RWA resulting from RniV are recalibrated on a monthly basis.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>As the RWA from<br> RniV are add-ons, they do not reflect any diversification benefits across<br> risks capitalized through VaR and SVaR.
Incremental risk charge (IRC) The IRC<br> represents an estimate of the default and rating migration risk of all<br> trading book positions with issuer risk, except for equity products and<br> securitization exposures, measured over a one-year time horizon at a 99.9%<br> confidence level.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 8, Market risk. The IRC is<br> calculated weekly, and the results are used to derive the IRC-based component<br> of the market risk RWA. The derivation is similar to that for VaR- and<br> SVaR-based RWA, but without a VaR multiplier.
Comprehensive<br> risk measure (CRM) The CRM is an<br> estimate of the default and complex price risk, including the convexity and<br> cross-convexity of the CRM portfolio across credit spread, correlation and<br> recovery, measured over a one-year time horizon at a 99.9% confidence level.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 8, Market risk. Since the second<br> quarter of 2019, we have not held eligible correlation trading positions.<br> Prior to then, the CRM had been calculated weekly and used to derive the<br> CRM-based component of the market risk RWA, with the calculation subject to a<br> floor equal to 8% of the equivalent capital charge under the specific risk<br> measure (SRM) for the correlation trading portfolio.
Securitization /<br><br> <br>re-securitization<br> in the trading book Risk arising<br> from traditional and synthetic securitizations held in our trading book.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 7, Securitizations and <br><br> section 8, Market risk. The exposure is<br> equal to the fair value of the net long or short securitization position. We measure trading<br> book securitization RWA using the Ratings-based approach, i.e.,<br> applying risk weights based on external ratings.
V. Operational **** risk
Operational risk Operational risk<br> is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes,<br> people and systems or from external events, including cyber risk. Operational<br> risk includes, among others, legal risk, conduct risk and compliance risk.<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Refer to section<br> 9, Operational risk. We use the<br> advanced measurement approach to measure operational risk RWA in accordance<br> with FINMA requirements.

15

UBS Group

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 1  Key metrics

Key metrics of the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly | The KM1 and KM2 tables on the following pages are based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) Basel III rules; however, they do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption granted by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) in connection with COVID-19 that permits banks to exclude central bank sight deposits from the leverage ratio calculation. The KM2 table includes a reference to the total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) term sheet, published by the Financial Stability Board (the FSB). The FSB provides this term sheet at fsb.org/2015/11/total-loss-absorbing-capacity-tlac-principles-and-term-sheet.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, our common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital increased by USD 1.7 billion to USD 39.9 billion, mainly due to operating profit before tax, foreign currency effects and deferred tax assets on temporary differences, partially offset by a higher capital reserve for potential share repurchases, current tax expenses and accruals for dividends. Our tier 1 capital increased by USD 1.8 billion to USD 56.2 billion, primarily reflecting the aforementioned increase in our CET1 capital and foreign currency translation effects on our additional tier 1 (AT1) instruments.

The TLAC available as of 31 December 2020 included CET1 capital, AT1 and tier 2 capital instruments eligible under the TLAC framework, and non-regulatory capital elements of TLAC. Under the Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) framework, including transitional arrangements, TLAC excludes 45% of the gross unrealized gains on debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income for accounting purposes, which for regulatory capital purposes is measured at the lower of cost or market value. This amount was negligible as of 31 December 2020, but is included as available TLAC in the KM2 table in this section. Our available TLAC increased by USD 4.1 billion to USD 101.8 billion in the fourth quarter of 2020, reflecting the aforementioned USD 1.8 billion increase in our tier 1 capital and a USD 2.2 billion increase in non-regulatory capital instruments, which resulted mainly from the issuance of new instruments and foreign currency effects.

Risk-weighted assets (RWA) increased by USD 6 billion to USD 289.1 billion, including currency effects of USD 4.7 billion, mainly due to an increase of USD 5.1 billion in credit risk RWA, an increase of USD 1.2 billion in market risk RWA and an increase of USD 0.8 billion in amounts below the threshold for deduction, primarily related to deferred tax assets. This was partly offset by a reduction of USD 1.8 billion in operational risk RWA.

Leverage ratio exposure increased by USD 43 billion to USD 1,037 billion, including currency effects of USD 24 billion, driven by on-balance sheet exposures (other than securities financing transactions (SFTs) and derivatives), partly offset by decreases in SFTs and derivative exposures.

Average high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) increased by USD 3.1 billion, due to higher holdings of liquidity buffer securities. Average total net cash outflows increased by USD 3.5 billion due to higher customer deposit outflows. p

18

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics **** **** **** **** ****
million, except where<br> indicated
31.12.20 30.9.20 30.6.20^1^ 31.3.20^1^ 31.12.19^1^
Available capital (amounts) ****
1 39,890 38,197 38,114 36,659 35,535
1a 39,856 38,162 38,070 36,624 35,491
2 56,178 54,396 53,505 51,884 51,842
2a 56,144 54,360 53,460 51,850 51,797
3 61,226 59,382 58,876 57,752 57,568
3a 61,193 59,347 58,831 57,718 57,524
Risk-weighted assets (amounts) ****
4 289,101 283,133 286,436 286,256 259,208
4a 23,128 22,651 22,915 22,901 20,737
4b 289,101 283,133 286,436 286,256 259,208
Risk-based capital ratios as a<br> percentage of RWA ****
5 13.80 13.49 13.31 12.81 13.71
5a 13.79 13.48 13.29 12.79 13.69
6 19.43 19.21 18.68 18.12 20.00
6a 19.42 19.20 18.66 18.11 19.98
7 21.18 20.97 20.55 20.17 22.21
7a 21.17 20.96 20.54 20.16 22.19
Additional CET1 buffer<br> requirements as a percentage of RWA ****
8 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50
9 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.08
9a **** 0.23
10 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
11 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.52 3.58
12 9.30 8.99 8.81 8.31 9.21
Basel III leverage ratio4 ****
13 1,037,150 994,366 974,359 955,943 911,322
14 5.42 5.47 5.49 5.43 5.69
14a 5.41 5.47 5.49 5.42 5.68
Liquidity coverage ratio5 ****
15 214,276 211,185 206,693 170,630 166,215
16 140,891 137,345 133,786 122,383 124,112
17 152 154 155 139 134
1 Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section<br> of this report for information on the restatement of comparative information,<br> as applicable.    2 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the<br> transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1<br> capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital –<br> banks.”    3 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital<br> minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    4 Leverage<br> ratio exposures and leverage ratios for the respective periods in 2020 do not<br> reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA<br> in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for<br> preparation” section of this report and to “Application of the temporary<br> COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the<br> “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital“ section of this<br> report for more information.    5 Calculated based on quarterly average.<br> Refer to the “Liquidity coverage ratio” section of this report for more<br> information.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

19

UBS Group AG consolidated

Quarterly |

KM2: Key metrics – TLAC<br> requirements (at resolution group level)1
million, except where<br> indicated **** **** **** **** ****
31.12.20 30.9.20 30.6.20^2^ 31.3.20^2^ 31.12.19^2^
1 101,814 97,753 93,626 93,686 89,613
1a 101,780 97,717 93,581 93,652 89,569
2 289,101 283,133 286,436 286,256 259,208
3 35.22 34.53 32.69 32.73 34.57
3a 35.21 34.51 32.67 32.72 34.56
4 1,037,150 994,366 974,359 955,943 911,322
5 9.82 9.83 9.61 9.80 9.83
5a 9.81 9.83 9.60 9.80 9.83
6a No
6b No
6c N/A – Refer to our response to 6b.
1 Resolution group level is defined as the UBS Group AG<br> consolidated level.    2 Refer to the “Introduction and basis for<br> preparation” section of this report for information on the restatement of<br> comparative information, as applicable.    3 The fully loaded ECL accounting<br> model excludes the transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and<br> provisions in CET1 capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible<br> capital – banks.”    4 Leverage ratio exposures and leverage ratios for<br> the respective periods in 2020 do not reflect the effects of the temporary<br> exemption that has been granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer<br> to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to<br> “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central<br> bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible<br> capital“ section of this report for more information.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

20

Section 2  Overview of risk-weightedassets

RWA development in the fourth quarter of2020

Quarterly | The OV1 table on the following page provides an overview of our risk-weighted assets (RWA) and the related minimum capital requirements by risk type. The table presented is based on the respective Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) template and empty rows indicate current non-applicability to UBS.

From this report onward, we have discontinued the voluntary “Regulatory exposures and risk-weighted assets” table. As a result, an additional column has been added in the OV1 table, providing references to the relevant sections in this report for the various risk types.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, RWA increased by USD 6 billion to USD 289.1 billion, including currency effects of USD 4.7 billion, mainly due to an increase of USD 5.1 billion in credit risk RWA, an increase of USD 1.2 billion in market risk RWA and an increase of USD 0.8 billion in amounts below threshold for deduction, primarily related to deferred tax assets. This was partly offset by a reduction of USD 1.8 billion in operational risk RWA.

Credit Risk RWA under the standardized approach and the internal ratings-based approach increased by USD 1.8 billion and USD 3.3 billion, respectively, primarily driven by currency effects as well as by higher RWA from loans and loan commitments in Global Wealth Management. Further, Group Functions included higher RWA from nostro account balances. These increases were partly offset by a decrease in RWA from loans in the Investment Bank.

Market Risk RWA increased by USD 1.2 billion, mainly driven by an increase in asset size and other movements in the Investment Bank.

RWA related to amounts below thresholds for deduction increased by USD 0.8 billion, primarily driven by higher RWA from deferred tax assets.

Operational Risk RWA decreased by USD 1.8 billion, driven by the annual recalibration of the advanced measurement approach (AMA) model.

The flow tables for credit risk, counterparty credit risk and market risk RWA in the respective sections of this report provide further details regarding the movements in RWA in the fourth quarter of 2020.

More information about RWA movements in the fourth quarter of 2020 is provided on pages 48–49 of our fourth quarter 2020 report, available under “Quarterly reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

Additional information about capital management and RWA, including details regarding movements in RWA during 2020, is provided on pages 153–154 in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.  p

21

UBS Group AG consolidated

Quarterly |

OV1: Overview of RWA
RWA Section or table reference Minimum capital requirements^1^
million 31.12.20 30.9.20 30.6.20 31.3.20 31.12.19 31.12.20
1 139,846 134,753 133,180 130,236 121,244 4 11,188
2 31,565 29,811 30,144 30,159 28,386 CR4 2,525
2a 13,393 13,227 13,219 13,061 13,135 CR4 1,071
3 **** **** ****
4 **** **** ****
5 108,281 104,942 103,036 100,076 92,858 CR6, CR7, CR8 8,662
6 40,354 39,917 39,983 41,560 36,354 5, CCR1, CCR8 3,228
7 6,006 6,898 5,903 7,254 4,699 **** 480
8 19,380 18,394 19,284 20,582 20,275 CCR7 1,550
8a 8,386 7,607 8,055 6,663 5,502 CCR7 671
9 6,581 7,018 6,741 7,061 5,879 **** 527
10 2,945 3,300 4,523 3,889 1,900 5, CCR2 236
11 2,795 2,624 2,646 3,136 3,261 4, CR10 224
12 882 849 705 671 **** **** 71
13 648 530 611 735 **** **** 52
14 126 41 25 110 **** **** 10
15 372 295 395 1,201 357 **** 30
16 314 314 598 607 633 7 25
17 **** **** ****
18 301 300 564 574 598 7 24
19 13 14 34 33 35 7 1
20 11,841 10,593 14,228 15,096 6,556 7,8 947
21 456 361 370 449 419 7 37
22 11,385 10,232 13,859 14,647 6,137 MR2 911
23 **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
24 75,775 77,542 77,542 77,542 77,542 **** 6,062
25 13,202 12,379 12,005 11,473 11,361 **** 1,056
25a 9,981 9,363 9,212 8,705 8,951 **** 798
26 **** **** ****
27 289,101 283,133 286,436 286,256 259,208 **** 23,128
1 Calculated based on 8% of RWA.    2 Excludes settlement risk,<br> which is separately reported in line 15 “Settlement risk.” Includes RWA with<br> central counterparties. The split between the sub-components of counterparty<br> credit risk refers to the calculation of the exposure measure.   <br> 3 Calculated in accordance with the standardized approach for<br> counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR) from 1 January 2020 onward, whereas<br> information as of 31 December 2019 was calculated in accordance with the<br> current exposure method (CEM).    4 Information as of 31 December 2019<br> includes investments in funds calculated based on the simple risk-weight<br> approach, whereas from 1 January 2020 onward investments in funds are<br> disclosed in rows 12, 13 and 14 based on risk weighting in accordance with<br> the new regulation for investments in funds.    5 From 2020 onward, the<br> risk weighting has been calculated in accordance with the regulation for<br> investments in funds.    6 Not applicable until the implementation of<br> the final rules on the minimum capital requirements for market risk (the<br> Fundamental Review of the Trading Book).    7 Includes items subject to<br> threshold deduction treatment that do not exceed their respective threshold<br> and are risk-weighted at 250%. Items subject to threshold deduction treatment<br> include significant investments in common shares of non-consolidated<br> financial institutions (banks, insurance and other financial entities) and<br> deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences.    8 No floor<br> effect, as 80% of our Basel I RWA, including the RWA equivalent of the Basel<br> I capital deductions, do not exceed our Basel III RWA, including the RWA<br> equivalent of the Basel III capital deductions. For the status of the<br> finalization of the Basel III capital framework, refer to the “Introduction<br> and basis for preparation” section of this report, which outlines how the<br> proposed floor calculation would differ in significant aspects from the<br> current approach.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

22

Section 3  Linkage between financial statements and regulatoryexposures

This section provides information about the differences between our regulatory exposures and carrying amounts presented in our financial statements prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Assets and liabilities presented in our IFRS financial statements may be subject to more than one risk framework, as explained further on the next page.

Annual |

LI1: Differences between<br> accounting and regulatory scopes of consolidation and mapping of financial<br> statement categories with regulatory risk categories
31.12.20 Carrying values under scope of regulatory consolidation Carrying values of items:
million **** Subject to credit risk framework^1^ Subject to counterparty credit risk framework^2^ Subject to securitization framework^3^ Subject to market risk framework Not subject to capital requirements or subject to deduction from capital
Assets **** **** **** **** **** ****
Cash and balances at central banks 158,231 158,231 **** **** **** ****
Loans and advances to banks 15,181 14,430 751^4^ **** **** ****
Receivables from securities financing transactions 74,210 **** 74,210 **** **** ****
Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments 32,737 **** 32,737 **** 325 ****
Loans and advances to customers 379,573 374,999 4,573^4^ **** **** ****
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost 26,959 26,788 2,677^6^ **** **** ****
Total financial assets<br> measured at amortized cost 686,890 574,449 114,948 **** 325 ****
Financial assets at fair value held for trading 125,355 5,807^5^ 47,098^6^ 112 119,436 ****
Derivative financial instruments 159,633 **** 159,632 **** 159,632 1^10^
Brokerage receivables 24,659 4,935 19,724 **** **** ****
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading7 59,630 44,268 9,135^6, 8^ 35 15,000 ****
Total financial assets<br> measured at fair value through profit or loss 369,277 55,009 235,589 148 294,068 1
Financial assets measured at<br> fair value through other comprehensive income 8,258 8,258 149^6^ **** 0 ****
Investments in associates 1,652 1,239 **** **** **** 414
Property, equipment and software 13,065 13,065 **** **** **** ****
Goodwill and intangible assets 6,480 **** **** **** **** 6,480
Deferred tax assets 9,212^9^ 3,819 **** **** **** 5,393
Other non-financial assets 9,764 3,458 **** **** 6,264 42
Total assets 1,104,599 659,297 350,686 148 300,657 12,330
Liabilities **** **** **** **** **** ****
Amounts due to banks 11,024 **** **** **** **** 11,024
Payables from securities financing transactions 6,321 **** 6,321 **** **** ****
Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments 37,312 **** 37,312 **** 634 ****
Customer deposits 524,636 **** **** **** **** 524,636
Debt issued measured at amortized cost 139,230 **** **** **** **** 139,230
Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 9,565 **** **** **** **** 9,565
Total financial liabilities<br> measured at amortized cost 728,088 **** 43,633 **** 634 684,455
Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading 33,595 **** **** **** 33,595 ****
Derivative financial instruments 161,107 **** 161,075 **** 160,473 32^10^
Brokerage payables designated at fair value 38,742 **** 20,755 **** **** 17,987
Debt issued designated at fair value 61,243 **** **** **** 59,448 1,795
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value 9,396 **** 8,563 **** 9,191 41
Total financial liabilities<br> measured at fair value through profit or loss 304,083 **** 190,393 **** 262,708 19,855
Provisions 2,827 **** **** **** **** 2,827
Other non-financial liabilities 9,853 **** **** **** **** 9,853
Total liabilities 1,044,852 **** 234,027 **** 263,342 716,990
1 Includes non-counterparty-related risk, equity investments in<br> funds subject to look-through approach, mandate-based approach, fallback<br> approach and equity positions in the banking book subject to the simple risk<br> weight method of 20,916 million, which are excluded from the credit risk<br> tables CR1, CR2, CR3 and CRB in section 3 of this report, resulting in IFRS<br> carrying values reflected in the credit risk section of  638,381<br> million. However, credit risk tables CR4 and CR5 include non-counterparty-related<br> risk, and credit risk table CR10 includes equity positions in the banking<br> book subject to the simple risk weight method.    2 Includes settlement risk,<br> which is not included in section 5 of this report.    3 This column only<br> consists of securitization positions in the banking book. Trading book<br> securitizations are included in column “Subject to market risk framework.”   <br> 4 Consists of settlement risk and margin loans, which are both subject to<br> counterparty credit risk.    5 Includes trading portfolio assets in the<br> banking book and traded loans.    6 Includes assets pledged as<br> collateral, since collateral posted is subject to counterparty credit<br> risk.    7 Funded collar trades without re-hypothecation rights are treated<br> as non-credit bearing exposures and are excluded from column “Subject to<br> credit risk framework.”    8 Includes securities financing transactions as<br> well as other exposures subject to the counterparty credit risk framework.   <br> 9 Net of deferred tax liabilities, which are offset against prudential<br> filters (e.g., goodwill and intangibles, as well as cash flow hedges) in the<br> regulatory capital calculation.    10 Relates to the carrying values of<br> derivative loan commitments and forward starting SFTs that are measured at<br> fair value. The replacement values are not representative for our capital<br> calculations.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

23

UBS Group AG consolidated

Annual | The LI1 table on the previous page provides a breakdown of the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) balance sheet into the risk types used to calculate our regulatory capital requirements. Cash collateral receivables and payables on derivative instruments, derivative financial instruments, and financial assets at fair value not held for trading are subject to capital requirements under both market risk and counterparty credit risk frameworks. In addition, other financial assets measured at amortized cost, financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income include securities that have been pledged as collateral. These securities are also considered in the counterparty credit risk framework, as collateral pledged is subject to counterparty credit risk. p

LIA: Explanation of the differencesbetween the IFRS and regulatory scopes of consolidation

Annual

| The scope of consolidation for the purpose of calculating Group regulatory capital is generally the same as the consolidation scope under IFRS and includes subsidiaries that are directly or indirectly controlled by UBS Group AG and are active in banking and finance. However, subsidiaries consolidated under IFRS whose business is outside the banking and finance sector are excluded from the regulatory scope of consolidation.

The key difference between the IFRS and regulatory scope of consolidation as of 31 December 2020 relates to investments in insurance, real estate and commercial companies, as well as investment vehicles, that are consolidated under IFRS but not for regulatory capital purposes, where they are subject to risk-weighting.

The table below provides a list of the most significant entities that were included in the IFRS scope of consolidation but not in the regulatory scope of consolidation. These entities account for most of the difference between the “Balance sheet in accordance with IFRS scope of consolidation” and the “Balance sheet in accordance with regulatory scope of consolidation” columns in the CC2 table. Such difference is mainly related to financial assets at fair value not held for trading and other financial liabilities designated at fair value. As of 31 December 2020, entities consolidated under either IFRS or the regulatory scope of consolidation did not report any significant capital deficiencies.

In the banking book, certain equity investments are not consolidated under either the IFRS or under the regulatory scope. As of 31 December 2020, these investments mainly consisted of infrastructure holdings and joint operations (e.g., settlement and clearing institutions, stock and financial futures exchanges) and included our participation in the SIX Group. These investments are risk-weighted based on applicable threshold rules.

More information about the legal structure of UBS Group and the IFRS scope of consolidation is provided on pages 14 and 288, respectively, of our Annual Report 2020, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors. p

Semi-annual |

Main legal entities consolidated under IFRS but not included in the regulatory scope of consolidation
**** 31.12.20 ****
USD million Total assets^1^ Total equity^1^ Purpose
UBS Asset Management Life Ltd 21,088 47 Life Insurance
UBS Life Insurance Company USA 143 43 Life insurance
1 Total assets and total equity on a standalone basis.

p

24

Annual |

LI2: Main sources of differences between<br> regulatory exposure amounts and carrying values in financial statements<br> (under the regulatory scope of consolidation)
31.12.20 Total Items subject to:
million **** Credit risk framework Counterparty credit risk framework Securitization framework Market risk framework
1 1,104,599 659,297^1^ 350,686 148 300,657
2 (160,234) **** (160,234) **** ****
3 944,365 659,297 190,452 148 300,657
4 91,476 90,566 911 **** ****
5 (12,329) **** **** **** ****
6 77,219 **** 77,219 **** ****
7 (76,515) **** (76,515) **** ****
8 (87,830) (6,229) **** (7) (300,113)^4^
9 936,387 743,634 192,067 141 545
1 Includes non-counterparty-related risk, equity investments in<br> funds subject to look-through approach, mandate-based approach, fallback<br> approach and equity positions in the banking book subject to the simple risk<br> weight method of 20,916 million, which are excluded from the credit risk<br> tables CR1, CR2, CR3 and CRB in section 4 of this report, resulting in IFRS<br> carrying values reflected in the credit risk section of  638,381<br> million. However, credit risk tables CR4 and CR5 include<br> non-counterparty-related risk, and credit risk table CR10 includes equity<br> positions in the banking book subject to the simple risk weight method.    2<br> Includes the amounts of financial instruments and cash collateral considered<br> for netting per the relevant netting agreement in order to not exceed the net<br> amount of financial assets presented on the balance sheet (included in row<br> 1); i.e., over-collateralization, where it exists, is not reflected in the<br> table.    3 Includes off-balance sheet exposures where a credit conversion<br> factor is applied.    4 Exposure at default is only calculated for<br> securitization exposures in the trading book, resulting in a difference<br> between carrying amounts and exposure amounts considered for regulatory<br> purposes. The effect on the total exposure is higher, since certain exposures<br> are subject to regulatory capital charges in both the market risk and the<br> counterparty credit risk categories.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

Regulatory exposures

Annual | The LI2 table above illustrates the key differences between regulatory exposure amounts and accounting carrying amounts under the regulatory scope of consolidation. In addition to the accounting carrying amounts, the regulatory exposure amounts include:

–   netting of financial instruments and cash collateral where an enforceable master netting agreement is in place (row 2);

–   off-balance sheet amounts not related to derivatives and SFTs (row 4);

–   potential future exposure (PFE) for derivatives, offset by eligible financial collateral deductions (row 6);

–   effects from the model calculation of effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) applied to derivatives (row 6);

–   any collateral mitigation through the application of the close-out period approach or the comprehensive measurement approach (row 7); and

–   effects of collateral mitigation in the banking book (row 8).

The regulatory exposure amount excludes prudential filters (row 5), consisting of items subject to deduction from capital, which are not risk-weighted. In addition, exposures that are only subject to market risk do not create any regulatory exposure, as their risk is reflected as part of our market risk RWA calculation (row 8). p

Fair value measurement

The table below refers to additional information about fair value measurement that is provided in our Annual Report 2020, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

Annual |

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
Valuation methodologies applied, including mark-to-market and<br> mark-to-model methodologies in use Consolidated financial statements – Note 21a Valuation principles 348
– Note 21c Fair value hierarchy 349–354
– Note 21f Level 3 instruments: valuation techniques and inputs 357–359
Description of the independent price verification process Consolidated financial statements – Note 21b Valuation governance 348
Procedures for valuation adjustments or reserves for valuing<br> trading positions by type of instrument Consolidated financial statements – Note 21d Valuation adjustments 355–356

p

25

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 4  Credit risk

Introduction

Semi-annual | This section provides information about the exposures subject to the Basel III credit risk framework. Information about counterparty credit risk is reflected in the “Counterparty credit risk” section of this report. Securitization positions are reported in the “Securitizations” section of this report.

The tables in this section provide details regarding the exposures relevant for determining the firm’s credit risk-related regulatory capital requirement. The parameters applied under the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach are generally based on the same methodologies, data and systems we use for internal credit risk quantification, except where certain treatments are specified by regulatory requirements. These include, for example, the application of regulatory prescribed floors and multipliers, and differences with respect to eligibility criteria and exposure definitions. The exposure information presented in this section may thus differ from our internal management view disclosed in the “Risk management and control” sections of our quarterly and annual reports. Similarly, the regulatory capital prescribed measure of credit risk exposure also differs from how it is defined under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). p

Credit risk exposure categories

Semi-annual | The definitions of the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) defined Pillar 3 credit risk exposure categories “Loans” and “Debt securities” below, as referred to in the “CR1: Credit quality of assets” and “CR3: Credit risk mitigation techniques – overview” tables in this section, provide a link to the IFRS balance sheet structure.

The Pillar 3 category “Loans” comprises financial instruments held with the intent to collect the contractual payments and includes the following IFRS balances to the extent that they are subject to the credit risk framework:

–   balances at central banks;

–   Loans and advances tobanks;

–   Loans and advances tocustomers;

–   Other financial assetsmeasured at amortized cost, excluding money market instruments, checks and bills and other debt instruments;

–   traded loans in the banking book that are included within Financial assets at fair value held fortrading;

–   Brokerage receivables;

–   loans including structured loans that are included within Financial assets at fair value not held fortrading;  and

–   Other non-financialassets.

The Pillar 3 category “Debt securities” includes the following IFRS balances to the extent that they are subject to the credit risk framework:

–   money market instruments, checks and bills and other debt instruments that are included within Otherfinancial assets measured at amortized cost;

–   Financial assets at fairvalue held for trading, excluding traded loans;

–   Financial assets at fairvalue not held for trading, excluding loans; and

–   Financial assetsmeasured at fair value through other comprehensive income. p

26

Credit risk management

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2020.

Annual |

CRA – Credit risk management
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
Translation of the business model into the components of the<br> bank’s credit risk profile Risk management and control – Key risks, risk measures and performance by business division<br> and Group Functions 92
– Risk categories 93
– Credit risk profile of the Group 107
– Main sources of credit risk 106
Consolidated financial statements – Note 20d Maximum exposure to credit risk 343
Criteria and approach used for defining credit risk management<br> policy and for setting credit risk limits Risk management and control – Risk governance 95–96
– Risk appetite framework 97–100
– Risk measurement 103–105
– Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 107
Structure and organization of the credit risk management and<br> control function Risk management and control – Risk governance 95–96
Interaction between the credit risk management, risk control,<br> compliance and internal audit functions Risk management and control – Risk governance 95–96
– Risk appetite framework 97–100
Scope and content of the reporting on credit risk exposure to<br> the executive management and to the board of directors Risk management and control – Risk governance 95–96
– Internal risk reporting 101
– Credit risk profile of the Group 107
– Risk appetite framework 97–100

p

27

UBS Group AG consolidated

Credit risk exposure and credit quality of assets

Annual | Amounts shown in the tables below and on the following pages relate to on-balance sheet IFRS carrying amounts as well as off-balance sheet items according to the regulatory scope of consolidation that give rise to credit risk exposure under the Basel III framework. p

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of exposures by industry^1^
31.12.20
USD million Banks and central banks Construc-<br><br> <br>tion Electricity, gas, water supply Financial services Hotels and restaurants Manufac-<br><br> <br>turing^4^ Mining Private households Public authorities Real estate and rentals Retail and wholesale^5^ Services Other^6^ Total carrying amount of assets
Loans^2^ 172,805 2,901 1,022 76,718 2,144 4,020 566 235,062 2,325 20,239 10,518 29,917 6,085 564,322
Debt securities 14,042 0 251 12,722 0 1 0 2 41,920 0 0 5,112 11 74,059
Off-balance sheet exposures^3^ 7,301 1,306 817 14,248 826 11,847 1,545 6,871 1,364 1,186 7,012 10,772 2,766 67,862
Total 194,148 4,207 2,090 103,688 2,970 15,867 2,111 241,934 45,609 21,425 17,530 45,801 8,863 706,243
31.12.19
Loans^2^ 118,853 2,839 977 62,562 1,665 3,990 647 209,832 2,447 16,231 7,105 24,501 5,914 457,564
Debt securities 15,188 113 15 9,909 0 0 0 256 33,626 1,208 0 2,452 0 62,766
Off-balance sheet exposures^3^ 3,669 1,938 802 12,432 1,053 10,999 1,448 4,276 440 1,347 6,038 5,946 2,389 52,778
Total 137,710 4,890 1,794 84,902 2,719 14,989 2,095 214,363 36,513 18,786 13,143 32,900 8,303 573,108
1 Effective from 31 December 2020, we have aligned the row<br> structure to “CR1: Credit quality of assets.” Prior periods have been<br> restated accordingly.    2 Loan exposure is reported in line with the IFRS<br> definition.    3 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit<br> facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but<br> exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed<br> loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable<br> and uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.    4 Includes<br> the chemicals industry.    5 Includes the food and beverages industry.    6<br> Consists of Transport, storage, communications and other.

p

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of our credit risk exposures by geographical area. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the counterparty or issuer. p

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of exposures by geographical area^1^
31.12.20
USD million Asia Pacific Latin America Middle East and Africa North America Switzerland Rest of Europe Total carrying amount of assets
Loans^2^ 38,864 5,759 8,570 147,448 296,912 66,769 564,322
Debt securities 13,168 814 397 34,309 4,080 21,291 74,059
Off-balance sheet exposures^3^ 4,957 444 3,583 23,839 22,211 12,827 67,862
Total 56,990 7,017 12,550 205,596 323,203 100,887 706,243
31.12.19
Loans^2^ 37,083 5,720 5,326 110,447 246,021 52,965 457,564
Debt securities 8,343 834 45 34,858 1,226 17,459 62,766
Off-balance sheet exposures^3^ 3,021 457 908 19,090 17,986 11,314 52,778
Total 48,448 7,012 6,280 164,396 265,234 81,739 573,108
1 Effective from 31 December 2020, we have aligned the row<br> structure to “CR1: Credit quality of assets.” Prior periods have been<br> restated accordingly.    2 Loan exposure is reported in line with the IFRS definition.   <br> 3 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit facilities,<br> guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but exclude<br> prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed loan<br> amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable and<br> uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.

p

28

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of our credit risk exposure by residual maturity. Residual maturity is presented based on contract end date and does not include potential early redemption features. p

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of exposures by residual maturity^1^
31.12.20
USD million Due in<br><br> <br>1 year or less Due between<br><br> <br>1 year and 5 years Due over<br><br> <br>5 years Total carrying amount of assets
Loans^2^ 396,329 104,352 63,641 564,322
Debt securities 31,226 22,651 20,181 74,059
Off-balance sheet exposures^3^ 29,952 32,686 5,224 67,862
Total 457,508 159,689 89,047 706,243
31.12.19
Loans^2^ 313,561 89,838 54,144 457,543
Debt securities 19,848 25,654 17,285 62,787
Off-balance sheet exposures^3^ 19,973 25,623 7,181 52,778
Total 353,382 141,114 78,611 573,108
1 Effective from 31 December 2020, we have aligned the row<br> structure to “CR1: Credit quality of assets.” Prior periods have been restated<br> accordingly.    2 Loan exposure is reported in line with the IFRS<br> definition.    3 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit<br> facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but<br> exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed<br> loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable<br> and uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.

p

Policies for past-due, non-performing and credit-impaired claims

Annual | In line with the regulatory definition, we report a claim as non-performing when: (i) it is more than 90 days past due; (ii) it is subject to restructuring proceedings, where preferential conditions concerning interest rates, subordination, tenor, etc. have been granted in order to avoid default of the counterparty (forbearance); or (iii) the counterparty is subject to bankruptcy / enforced liquidation proceedings in any form, even if there is sufficient collateral to cover the due payment or there is other evidence that payment obligations will not be fully met without recourse to collateral.

UBS applies a single definition of default for classifying assets and determining the probability of default (PD) of its obligors for risk modeling purposes. The definition of default is based on quantitative and qualitative criteria. A counterparty is classified as defaulted at the latest when material payments of interest, principal or fees are overdue for more than 90 days, or more than 180 days for certain exposures in relation to loans to private and commercial clients in Personal & Corporate Banking, and to private clients of Global Wealth Management Region Switzerland. UBS does not consider the general 90-day presumption for default recognition appropriate for those latter portfolios, based on an analysis of the cure rates, which demonstrated that strict application of the 90-day criterion would not accurately reflect the inherent credit risk. Counterparties are also classified as defaulted when: bankruptcy, insolvency proceedings or enforced liquidation have commenced; obligations have been restructured on preferential terms (forbearance); or there is other evidence that payment obligations will not be fully met without recourse to collateral. The latter may be the case even if, to date, all contractual payments have been made when due. If one claim against a counterparty is defaulted on, generally all claims against that counterparty are treated as defaulted.

An instrument is classified as credit-impaired if the counterparty is classified as defaulted and / or the instrument is identified as purchased or originated credit-impaired (POCI). An instrument is POCI if it has been purchased at a deep discount to its carrying amount following a risk event of the issuer or originated with a defaulted counterparty. Once a financial asset is classified as defaulted / credit-impaired (except POCI), it is reported as a stage 3 instrument and remains as such unless all past due amounts have been rectified, additional payments have been made on time, the position is not classified as credit-restructured, and there is general evidence of credit recovery. A three-month probation period is applied before a transfer back to stages 1 or 2 can be triggered. However, most instruments remain in stage 3 for a longer period.

The tables on the next page provide a breakdown of impaired exposures by geographical region and industry. The amounts shown are IFRS carrying amounts. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the counterparty or issuer. p

29

UBS Group AG consolidated

Annual |

CRB: Credit-impaired exposures by industry
31.12.20
USD million Credit-impaired exposures, gross (Stage 3) Allowances for credit-impaired exposures Credit-impaired exposures net of allowances Write-offs for the year ended
Banks 1 (1) 0 0
Construction 171 (20) 151 (2)
Electricity, gas, water supply 14 (3) 11 ****
Financial services 515 (133) 382 (59)
Hotels and restaurants 92 (16) 76 (6)
Manufacturing^1^ 202 (135) 66 (27)
Mining 44 (17) 27 (142)
Private households 1,431 (148) 1,282 (27)
Public authorities 33 (5) 28 0
Real estate and rentals 214 (55) 159 (15)
Retail and wholesale^2^ 532 (185) 347 (53)
Services 251 (48) 203 (6)
Transport, storage, communications and other 278 (58) 220 (8)
Total 3,778 (826) 2,952 (346)
31.12.19
Banks 1 0 1 (2)
Construction 46 (12) 35 (4)
Electricity, gas, water supply 14 0 14 (2)
Financial services 298 (62) 237 (5)
Hotels and restaurants 23 (11) 12 (7)
Manufacturing^1^ 249 (103) 146 (30)
Mining 97 (53) 44 (1)
Private households 1,252 (139) 1,113 (21)
Public authorities 34 (5) 29
Real estate and rentals 485 (36) 448 (4)
Retail and wholesale^2^ 270 (167) 104 (14)
Services 130 (40) 91 (13)
Transport, storage, communications and other 212 (60) 153 (39)
Total 3,113 (688) 2,425 (142)
1 Includes the chemicals industry.    2 Includes the food and<br> beverages industry.

p

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of our credit risk exposures by geographical region. The geographical distribution is based on the legal domicile of the counterparty or issuer. p

Annual |

CRB: Credit-impaired exposures by geographical area
31.12.20 **** **** **** ****
USD million Credit-impaired exposures, gross (Stage 3) Allowances for credit-impaired exposures Credit-impaired exposures net of allowances Write-offs for the year ended
Asia Pacific 241 (88) 153 (1)
Latin America 77 (17) 60 (11)
Middle East and Africa 74 (62) 12 0
North America 1,017 (172) 845 (182)
Switzerland 1,983 (389) 1,594 (79)
Rest of Europe 386 (98) 288 (72)
Total 3,778 (826) 2,952 (346)
31.12.19
Asia Pacific 106 (3) 103 (46)
Latin America 67 (43) 24 (4)
Middle East and Africa 21 (1) 19 (2)
North America 943 (150) 792 (43)
Switzerland 1,573 (361) 1,212 (44)
Rest of Europe 402 (129) 274 (4)
Total 3,113 (688) 2,425 (142)

p

30

Semi-annual |

The CR1 table below provides a breakdown of defaulted and non-defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures. The table includes a split of expected credit loss (ECL) accounting provisions based on the standardized approach and the internal ratings-based approach.

Increases in net carrying values of Loans and decreases in net carrying values of Debt securities, when compared with 30 June 2020, are explained in the CR3 table of this report. Compared with 30 June 2020, gross carrying value of off-balance sheet exposures increased by USD 3.9 billion to USD 68.1 billion mainly due to increased loan commitments in our Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate business divisions primarily reflecting higher business volumes as well as currency effects.

For information about the definitions of default and credit impairment, refer to page 122 of our Annual Report 2020, which is available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

More information about the net value movements related to Loans and Debt securities shown in the table is provided on page 34 in the “CR3: Credit risk mitigation techniques – overview” table. p

Semi-annual |

CR1: Credit quality of assets
Gross carrying amounts of: Allowances / impairments Of which: ECL accounting provisions for credit losses on SA exposures Of which: ECL accounting provisions for credit losses on IRB exposures<br><br> <br>(stage 1, 2, 3) Net values
million Defaulted exposures^1^ Non-defaulted exposures Allocated in regulatory category of Specific<br><br> <br>(stage 3<br><br> <br>credit-impaired) Allocated in regulatory category of General<br><br> <br>(stage 1 & 2)
31.12.20 **** **** ****
1 3,504 562,025 (1,207)^4^ (115) (73) (1,019) 564,322
2 **** 74,059 **** **** **** **** 74,059
3 273 67,794 (205)^4^ (1) (6) (197) 67,862
4 3,778 703,878 (1,412)^4^ (116) (80) (1,216) 706,243
30.6.20 **** **** ****
1 3,564 516,755 (1,244)^4^ (115) (75) (1,054) 519,076
2 81,980 81,980
3 290 63,927 (168)^4^ (1) (2) (165) 64,048
4 3,854 662,662 (1,411)^4^ (116) (77) (1,218) 665,104
31.12.19 **** **** ****
1 2,981 455,494 (911)^4^ (114) (68) (729) 457,564
2 62,766 62,766
3 132 52,725 (78)^4^ (1) (3) (75) 52,778
4 3,113 570,986 (989)^4^ (115) (71) (804) 573,108
1 Defaulted exposures are in line with credit-impaired exposures<br> (stage 3) under IFRS 9. Refer to Note 20 “Expected credit loss measurement“<br> of our Annual Report 2020 for more information about IFRS 9.    2 Loan<br> exposure is reported in line with the Pillar 3 definition. Refer to “Credit<br> risk exposure categories” in this section for more information about the<br> classification of Loans and Debt securities.    3 Off-balance sheet exposures<br> include unutilized credit facilities, guarantees provided and forward<br> starting loan commitments, but exclude prolongations of loans that do not<br> increase the initially committed loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities<br> exclude unconditionally revocable and uncommitted credit facilities, even if<br> they attract RWA.    4 Expected credit loss allowances and provisions amount<br> to 1,468 million as of 31 December 2020, as disclosed in Note<br> 20 of our Annual Report 2020. This Pillar 3 table excludes ECL on revocable<br> off-balance sheet exposures (31 December 2020: 50 million; 30 June 2020:<br>  65 million; 31 December 2019:  35 million), ECL on<br> exposures subject to counterparty credit risk (31 December 2020: 5<br> million; 30 June 2020: 6 million; 31 December 2019: 5<br> million) and ECL on irrevocable committed prolongation of loans that do not<br> give rise to additional credit exposures of 2 million as of 31 December<br> 2020.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

31

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semi-annual | The CR2 table below presents changes in stock of defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures for the second half of 2020. The total amount of defaulted loans and debt securities was USD 3.8 billion as of 31 December 2020, largely unchanged compared with USD 3.9 billion as of 30 June 2020. p

Semi-annual |

CR2: Changes in stock of<br> defaulted loans, debt securities and off-balance sheet exposures
million For the half year ended 31.12.20^1^ For the half year ended 30.6.20^1^
1 3,854 3,113
2 1,180 1,314
3 (993) (337)
4 (244) (103)
5 (19) (133)
6 3,778 3,854
1 Off-balance sheet exposures include unutilized credit<br> facilities, guarantees provided and forward starting loan commitments, but<br> exclude prolongations of loans that do not increase the initially committed<br> loan amount. Unutilized credit facilities exclude unconditionally revocable<br> and uncommitted credit facilities, even if they attract RWA.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

Annual | The table below provides a breakdown of total loan balances where payments have been missed. The decrease in past-due amounts is mainly related to a Non-core and Legacy Portfolio position that has been restructured and is now carried at fair value instead of amortized cost. The amount of past-due mortgage loans was not significant compared with the overall size of the mortgage portfolio. Amounts in the table below are IFRS carrying amounts and include IFRS balance sheet lines Loansand advances to customers and Loans and advances to banks. p

Annual |

CRB: Past due exposures
million 31.12.19
1–10 days 45
11–30 days 178
31–60 days 166
61–90 days 90
>90 days 1,635
of which: mortgage loans 675^1^
Total 2,113
1 Total mortgage loans as of 31 December 2020: 196,341<br> million (31 December 2019: 172,853 million).

All values are in US Dollars.

p

Restructured exposures

Annual | Under imminent payment default, or where default has already occurred, we may grant concessions to borrowers in financial difficulties that we would otherwise not consider in the normal course of our business, such as offering preferential interest rates, extending maturity, modifying the schedule of repayments, debt / equity swap, subordination, etc. When a forbearance measure takes place, each case is considered individually and the exposure is generally classified as defaulted. Forbearance classification will remain until the loan is collected or written off, non-preferential conditions are granted that supersede the preferential conditions or until the counterparty has recovered and the preferential conditions no longer exceed our risk tolerance.

Contractual adjustments when there is no evidence of imminent payment default, or where changes to terms and conditions are within our usual risk appetite, are not considered to be forborne.

Refer to pages 121–123 of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting“ at ubs.com/investors, for more information about our policies for restructured exposures.

The table below provides more information about restructured exposures as of 31 December 2020. The increase is mainly related to a few large positions in the Investment Bank and Personal & Corporate Banking. p

Annual |

CRB: Breakdown of restructured exposures between credit-impaired and non-credit-impaired
**** Credit-impaired Non-credit-impaired Total
USD million 31.12.20 31.12.19 31.12.20 31.12.19 31.12.20 31.12.19
Restructured exposures 1,600 1,152 **** 1,600 1,152

p

32

Credit risk mitigation

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures provided separately in our Annual Report 2020.

Annual |

CRC – Credit risk mitigation
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
Core features of policies and processes for, and an indication<br> of the extent to which the bank makes use of, on- and off-balance sheet<br> netting Risk management and control – Traded products 112–113
Consolidated financial statements –<br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>– Note 10 Derivative instruments<br><br> <br>Note 22 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities<br><br> <br>Note 1a item 2i Offsetting 320–321<br><br> <br>364–365<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>297
Core features of policies and processes for collateral<br> evaluation and management Risk management and control – Credit risk mitigation 114–115
Information about market or credit risk concentrations under the<br> credit risk mitigation instruments used Risk management and control –<br><br> <br>– Risk concentrations<br><br> <br>Credit risk mitigation 105<br><br> <br>114–115
Consolidated financial statements –<br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>– Note 10 Derivative instruments<br><br> <br>Note 20d Maximum exposure to credit risk<br><br> <br>Note 21i Maximum exposure to credit risk for financial<br> instruments measured at fair value<br><br> <br>Note 22 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities 320–321<br><br> <br>343<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>362<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>364–365

p

Additional information about counterparty credit risk mitigation is provided in the “Counterparty credit risk” section of this report.

33

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semi-annual | The CR3 table below provides a breakdown of loans and debt securities into unsecured and partially or fully secured exposures, with additional information about the security type.

Compared with 30 June 2020, the carrying amount of unsecured loans increased by USD 7.6 billion to USD 192.7 billion, mainly due to an increase in cash and balances with central banks. Unsecured debt securities decreased by USD 7.9 billion to USD 74.1 billion, mainly due to disposals of HQLA (high-quality liquid assets), as well as currency effects.

The carrying amount of partially or fully secured exposures increased by USD 37.6 billion to USD 371.7 billion, mainly as a result of currency effects and an increase in secured loans to customers. p

Semi-annual |

CR3: Credit risk mitigation<br> techniques – overview1
Secured portion of exposures partially or fully secured:
million Exposures fully unsecured: carrying amount Exposures partially or fully secured: carrying amount Total: carrying amount Exposures secured by collateral Exposures secured by financial guarantees Exposures secured by credit derivatives
31.12.20 **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 192,664 371,658 564,322 355,364 4,392 12
2 74,059 **** 74,059 **** **** ****
3 266,723 371,658 638,381 355,364 4,392 12
4 250 2,461 2,711 1,662 218 ****
30.6.20 **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 185,026 334,050 519,076 320,139 3,368 11
2 81,980 81,980
3 267,006 334,050 601,056 320,139 3,368 11
4 657 2,089 2,745 1,440 212
31.12.19 ****
1 138,961 318,603 457,564 307,400 1,125
2 62,766 62,766
3 201,727 318,603 520,330 307,400 1,125 ****
4 504 1,823 2,327 1,167 225
1 Exposures in this table represent carrying amounts in<br> accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.    2 Loan exposure is<br> reported in line with the Pillar 3 definition. Refer to “Credit risk exposure<br> categories” in this section for more information about the classification of<br> Loans and Debt securities.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

34

Standardized approach – credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation

Semi-annual | The CR4 table below illustrates the credit risk exposure and effect of credit risk mitigation (CRM) on the calculation of capital requirements under the standardized approach. Compared with 30 June 2020, off-balance sheet exposures before credit conversion factors (CCF) and CRM under the Corporates asset class increased by USD 0.7 billion to USD 15.4 billion, reflecting higher exposures to certain clients in Global Wealth Management and Group Functions. On-balance sheet exposures in the Central governments and central banks asset class decreased by USD 1.8 billion, and on-balance sheet exposures in the Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks assets class decreased by USD 1.0 billion, reflecting the move of Group Treasury’s liquidity portfolio under A-IRB. p

Semi-annual |

CR4: Standardized approach –<br> credit risk exposure and credit risk mitigation (CRM) effects1
Exposures<br><br> <br>before CCF and CRM^2^ Exposures<br><br> <br>post-CCF and post-CRM RWA and RWA density
million, except where<br> indicated On-balance sheet amount Off-balance sheet amount Total On-balance sheet amount Off-balance sheet amount Total RWA RWA density in %
31.12.20 ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 8,292 **** 8,292 8,296 123 8,420 876 10.4
2 5,404 1,162 6,566 5,404 530 5,934 1,327 22.4
3 212 731 943 211 148 359 144 40.1
4 8,007 15,371 23,379 7,972 1,815 9,787 7,576 77.4
5 12,617 4,301 16,917 12,196 248 12,444 8,250 66.3
6 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
7 14,345 **** 14,345 14,345 **** 14,345 13,391 93.3
8 48,878 21,565 70,443 48,424 2,865 51,289 31,564 61.5
30.6.20 ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 10,043 10,043 10,047 1 10,048 913 9.1
2 5,655 998 6,653 5,654 475 6,129 1,479 24.1
3 1,183 869 2,053 1,181 309 1,490 368 24.7
4 6,570 14,643 21,212 6,506 2,068 8,574 6,406 74.7
5 11,789 3,982 15,771 11,422 116 11,538 7,760 67.3
6
7 14,048 67 14,115 14,048 67 14,115 13,219 93.6
8 49,288 20,559 69,847 48,859 3,035 51,894 30,144 58.1
31.12.19 ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 10,687 10,687 10,687 10,687 938 8.8
2 5,072 928 6,000 5,077 464 5,541 1,316 23.7
3 844 372 1,216 843 77 920 240 26.1
4 6,310 8,823 15,133 5,842 649 6,490 4,835 74.5
5 12,141 4,071 16,212 11,974 100 12,074 7,923 65.6
6
7 14,226 14,226 14,226 14,226 13,135 92.3
8 49,280 14,194 63,474 48,648 1,290 49,939 28,386 56.8
1 Effective from 31 December 2020, we have changed the<br> disclosure in order to disclose the exposures prior to CRM effects in the<br> asset class of the obligor, while the information post CRM is shown in the<br> asset class of the protection provider. Prior periods have been restated<br> accordingly.    2 Exposures in this table represent carrying amounts in<br> accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.    3 Includes Non-counterparty-related<br> assets.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

35

UBS Group AG consolidated

IRB approach – credit derivatives used as credit risk mitigation

Semi-annual | Where credit derivatives are used as credit risk mitigation, the probability of default (PD) of the obligor is in general substituted with the PD of the hedge provider. In addition, default correlation between the obligor and the hedge provider is taken into account through the double default approach. Refer to the “CCR6: Credit derivatives exposures” table in section 5 of this report for notional and fair value information about credit derivatives used as CRM. p

Semi-annual |

CR7: IRB – effect on RWA of<br> credit derivatives used as CRM techniques1
31.12.20 30.6.20 31.12.19
million Pre-credit derivatives RWA Actual RWA Pre-credit derivatives RWA Actual RWA Pre-credit derivatives RWA Actual RWA
1 **** ****
2 2,847 2,847 3,343 3,343 2,482 2,482
3 **** ****
4 5,806 5,806 5,948 5,948 6,102 6,102
5 **** ****
6 1,190 1,190 1,041 1,041 844 844
7 **** ****
8 13,569 13,569 11,963 11,963 11,475 11,475
9 **** ****
10 37,220 36,855 38,375 38,067 32,087 31,836
11 33,439 33,439 30,337 30,337 29,133 29,133
12 729 729 661 661 687 687
13 13,847 13,847 11,676 11,676 10,298 10,298
14 **** ****
15 108,646 108,281 103,344 103,036 93,108 92,858
1 Effective from 31 December 2020, we have changed the<br> disclosure in order to disclose the CRM effect from purchased credit<br> protection through credit derivatives in the asset class of the protection<br> provider. Prior periods have been restated accordingly.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

36

Creditrisk under the standardized approach

Annual | The standardized approach is generally applied where using the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach is not possible. The standardized approach requires banks to, where possible, use risk assessments prepared by external credit assessment institutions (ECAIs) or export credit agencies to determine the risk weightings applied to rated counterparties. We use three FINMA-recognized ECAIs to determine the risk weights for certain counterparties according to the BCBS-defined asset classes: Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings.

The mapping of external ratings to the standardized approach risk weights is determined by FINMA and published on its website. There were no changes in the ECAIs used compared with 31 December 2019.

Debt instruments are risk-weighted in accordance with the specific issue ratings available. If there is no specific issue rating published by an ECAI, the issuer rating is applied to the senior unsecured claims of that issuer subject to the conditions prescribed by FINMA. For the asset classes Retail, Equity and Other assets, we apply the regulatory prescribed risk weights independent of an external credit rating. p

Annual |

CRD: Qualitative disclosures on banks’ use of external credit ratings under the standardized approach for credit risk
**** **** 31.12.20
External ratings used
Asset classes Moody’s Standard & Poor’s Fitch
1 Central governments and central banks l l l
2 Banks and securities dealers l l l
3 Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks l l l
4 Corporates l l l

p

37

UBS Group AG consolidated

**Semi-annual |**The CR5 table below shows exposures by asset classes and risk weights applied. p

Semi-annual |

CR5: Standardized approach –<br> exposures by asset classes and risk weights
million
Risk weight 0% 10% 20% 35% 50% 75% 100% 150% Others Total credit exposures amount (post-CCF and post-CRM)
31.12.20 ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 7,423 **** 116 **** 56 **** 824 **** **** 8,420
2 **** **** 5,531 **** 363 **** 40 **** **** 5,934
3 6 **** 208 **** 91 **** 54 **** **** 359
4 **** **** 1,959 **** 512 1,037^2^ 6,275 4 **** 9,787
5 **** **** **** 6,052 **** 1,321 4,929 141 **** 12,444
6 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
7 954 **** **** **** **** **** 13,391 **** **** 14,345
8 8,383 **** 7,815 6,052 1,022 2,359 25,513 145 **** 51,289
9 **** **** **** 6,052 **** 113 604 **** **** 6,770
10 **** **** **** **** **** **** 214 **** **** 214
30.6.20 ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 8,934 207 71 836 10,048
2 5,319 784 26 6,129
3 149 1,128 143 70 1,490
4 2,088 125 1,219^2^ 5,130 12 8,574
5 5,433 1,331 4,600 173 11,538
6
7 894 13,221 14,115
8 9,977 **** 8,743 5,433 1,124 2,550 23,883 186 **** 51,894
9 5,433 84 655 6,171
10 274 274
31.12.19 ****
Asset classes **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
1 9,540 225 58 864 10,687
2 4,863 673 5 5,541
3 398 256 155 110 920
4 1,831 137 172^2^ 4,348 2 6,491
5 5,846 1,622 4,496 109 12,074
6
7 1,091 13,135 14,226
8 11,030 **** 7,175 5,846 1,023 1,794 22,959 112 **** 49,939
9 5,846 99 521 6,466
10 242 242
1 Includes mortgage loans.    2 Relates to structured margin<br> lending exposures based on the methodology agreed with FINMA.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

38

Credit risk under internal ratings-based approaches

Annual | Under the A-IRB approach, the required capital for credit risk is quantified through empirical models that we have developed to estimate the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), exposure at default (EAD) and other parameters, subject to FINMA approval. The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2020*.* p

Annual |

CRE – Internal ratings-based models
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
Internal model development, controls and changes Risk management and control – Risk measurement 103–105
– Credit risk models 115–121
– Key features of our main credit risk models 116
–<br><br> <br>– Risk governance<br><br> <br>Model risk management 95–96<br><br> <br>102
Relationships between risk management and internal audit and<br> independent review of IRB models Risk management and control – Risk governance 95–96
– Risk measurement 103–105
Scope and content of the reporting related to credit risk models Risk management and control – Risk measurement 103–105
– Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 107
– Credit risk models 115–121
Supervisor approval of applied approaches Risk management and control – Risk measurement 103–105
– Changes to models and model parameters during the period 121
– Stress testing 103–104
–<br><br> <br>– Key features of our main credit risk models<br><br> <br>Model risk management 116<br><br> <br>102
Number of key models used by portfolio and the main differences<br> between models Risk management and control – Credit risk models 115–121
Description of the main characteristics of approved models Risk management and control – Credit risk models 115–121

p

Annual | Semi-annual | The CR6 table on the following pages provides information about credit risk exposures under the A-IRB approach, including a breakdown of the main parameters used in A-IRB models to calculate the capital requirements, presented by portfolio and PD range across FINMA-defined asset classes. Effective from 31 December 2020, we have changed the disclosure to reflect that the information prior to CRM effects is shown in the asset class of the obligor, while the information post CRM is disclosed in the asset class of the protection provider. Prior periods have been restated accordingly.

Under the A-IRB approach, the required capital for credit risk is quantified through empirical models that we have developed to estimate the PD, LGD, EAD and other parameters, subject to FINMA approval. p

Compared with 30 June 2020, exposures before the application of credit conversion factors (CCFs) increased by USD 68 billion to USD 988 billion across various asset classes, resulting in an overall RWA increase of USD 5 billion.

In the Retail: other retail asset class, total exposures pre-CCF increased by USD 46 billion to USD 439 billion and RWA increased by USD 2 billion to USD 14 billion, mainly reflecting increases in drawn and unutilized Lombard facilities in Global Wealth Management.

In the Retail: residential mortgages asset class, total exposures pre-CCF increased by USD 12 billion to USD 169 billion and RWA increased by USD 3 billion to USD 33 billion, primarily due to currency effects and the recalibration of risk parameters for real estate portfolios in Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking.

In the Corporates: specialized lending asset class, total exposures pre-CCF increased by USD 3 billion to USD 34 billion and RWA increased by USD 2 billion to USD 14 billion, primarily due to the depreciation of the US dollar against the Swiss franc in Personal & Corporate Banking.

In the Corporates: other lending asset class, total exposures pre-CCF increased by USD 5 billion to USD 108 billion, primarily driven by increased loan commitments in the Investment Bank as well as currency effects in Personal & Corporate Banking. RWA decreased by USD 1 billion to USD 37 billion, mainly driven by asset quality changes resulting in lower RWA density.

Information about credit risk RWA for the third quarter of 2020, including details regarding movements in RWA, is provided on pages 8–10 of our 30 September 2020 Pillar 3 report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors. Further details about the movement of credit risk exposures under the A-IRB approach for the fourth quarter of 2020 are available in our CR8 disclosure on page 49 of this report. p

39

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semi-annual |

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range^1^ **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF^2^ Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM^2^ Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands)^2^ Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^3^
Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 198,605 1 198,606 13.1 203,051 0.0 <0.1 30.6 1.1 2,792 1.4 4 ****
0.15 to <0.25 2 100 102 55.0 2 0.2 <0.1 10.0 1.0 0 6.4 0 ****
0.25 to <0.50 0 **** 0 **** 0 0.3 <0.1 55.0 1.0 0 54.2 0 ****
0.50 to <0.75 5 **** 5 **** 3 0.7 <0.1 96.5 1.0 4 141.2 0 ****
0.75 to <2.50 1 0 1 9.7 3 1.2 <0.1 22.3 4.4 2 62.5 0 ****
2.50 to <10.00 33 219 253 53.7 28 3.6 <0.1 52.5 1.1 40 145.9 1 ****
10.00 to <100.00 0 **** 0 **** 0 13.2 <0.1 48.9 1.0 0 226.0 0 ****
100.00 (default) 92 6 98 55.0 7 100.0 <0.1 39.8^5^ 4.2 7 106.0 5 ****
Subtotal 198,738 327 199,065 54.0 203,094 0.0 0.1 30.6 1.1 2,847 1.4 10 6
Central governments and central banks as of 30.6.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 194,454 1 194,455 13.3 198,965 0.0 0.1 31.5 1.1 3,334 1.7 8
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0 0.2 <0.1 63.1 1.0 0 39.9 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0 0.3 <0.1 45.0 1.0 0 44.4 0
0.50 to <0.75 6 6 3 0.7 <0.1 52.9 1.1 3 78.0 0
0.75 to <2.50 0 4 5 50.0 4 1.8 <0.1 30.4 2.6 3 75.5 0
2.50 to <10.00 6 172 178 55.0 2 2.7 <0.1 29.0 2.6 2 75.6 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0 10.4 0 13.0 <0.1 45.0 1.0 0 207.0 0
100.00 (default) 87 9 96 55.0 1 100.0 <0.1 65.1^5^ 3.5 2 106.0 11
Subtotal 194,553 187 194,740 54.7 198,976 0.0 0.1 31.5 1.1 3,343 1.7 19 12
Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 137,739 2 137,741 25.1 138,852 0.0 0.1 30.4 1.0 2,455 1.8 3
0.15 to <0.25 0 0 0 0.2 <0.1 65.8 1.0 0 41.8 0
0.25 to <0.50 0 0 0 0.3 <0.1 45.0 1.0 0 44.4 0
0.50 to <0.75 7 7 4 0.7 <0.1 53.1 1.1 3 77.7 0
0.75 to <2.50 2 0 2 55.0 1 1.4 <0.1 39.4 2.5 1 111.6 0
2.50 to <10.00 5 1 5 76.1 1 2.7 <0.1 10.2 4.4 0 33.0 0
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0 9.7 0 13.0 <0.1 45.0 1.0 0 206.7 0
100.00 (default) 59 36 95 55.0 22 100.0 <0.1 21.8^5^ 4.3 23 106.0 11
Subtotal 137,812 38 137,851 54.3 138,880 0.0 0.1 30.4 1.0 2,482 1.8 14 11

40

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)^1^ **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF^2^ Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM^2^ Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands)^2^ Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^3^
Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 10,177 1,171 11,348 54.0 11,541 0.0 0.5 40.7 1.0 1,880 16.3 5 ****
0.15 to <0.25 1,001 333 1,334 39.7 969 0.2 0.3 52.3 1.7 531 54.8 1 ****
0.25 to <0.50 601 418 1,019 48.2 588 0.4 0.2 59.8 1.0 470 79.9 1 ****
0.50 to <0.75 186 303 489 45.0 305 0.7 0.1 63.1 1.1 354 116.2 2 ****
0.75 to <2.50 931 472 1,403 43.9 1,145 1.7 0.2 58.8 1.2 1,598 139.5 12 ****
2.50 to <10.00 422 412 835 43.2 385 4.6 0.2 67.0 1.1 925 240.4 12 ****
10.00 to <100.00 31 116 147 51.6 15 10.8 <0.1 63.9 1.0 48 319.5 1 ****
100.00 (default) **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Subtotal 13,348 3,225 16,574 48.0 14,948 0.3 1.5 44.8 1.1 5,806 38.8 33 20
Banks and securities dealers as of 30.6.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 12,658 1,095 13,753 55.1 13,295 0.0 0.5 39.6 1.1 2,050 15.4 3
0.15 to <0.25 1,387 340 1,728 37.3 1,321 0.2 0.3 53.0 1.2 652 49.4 2
0.25 to <0.50 451 317 768 49.5 517 0.4 0.2 61.8 1.1 433 83.8 1
0.50 to <0.75 226 195 421 40.4 303 0.7 0.1 55.3 1.1 307 101.3 1
0.75 to <2.50 960 405 1,365 45.5 1,058 1.4 0.2 53.4 1.2 1,295 122.4 8
2.50 to <10.00 431 2,442 2,873 45.9 1,262 3.3 0.2 27.4 1.0 1,190 94.3 14
10.00 to <100.00 2 15 16 31.9 7 12.9 <0.1 52.8 1.7 21 303.6 3
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 16,116 4,808 20,924 47.3 17,763 0.4 1.5 41.5 1.1 5,948 33.5 33 15
Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 12,204 863 13,067 52.0 12,591 0.0 0.5 39.0 1.0 1,877 14.9 3
0.15 to <0.25 686 1,885 2,571 90.1 2,304 0.2 0.3 50.4 2.1 1,335 58.0 2
0.25 to <0.50 655 370 1,025 49.9 815 0.4 0.2 47.4 1.5 532 65.3 1
0.50 to <0.75 467 282 749 44.0 577 0.6 0.1 45.3 1.0 478 82.8 2
0.75 to <2.50 823 392 1,216 45.5 922 1.4 0.2 46.3 1.3 1,013 109.8 6
2.50 to <10.00 290 490 780 45.8 377 3.6 0.2 64.4 1.1 810 214.7 9
10.00 to <100.00 44 9 53 29.2 27 14.2 <0.1 38.2 1.2 57 212.6 5
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 15,169 4,292 19,461 66.7 17,614 0.3 1.5 42.0 1.2 6,102 34.6 28 11

41

UBS Group AG consolidated

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)^1^ **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF^2^ Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM^2^ Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands)^2^ Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^3^
Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 9,792 1,293 11,085 17.8 10,059 0.0 0.3 38.6 1.1 819 8.1 1 ****
0.15 to <0.25 923 372 1,296 19.3 993 0.2 0.2 18.3 1.7 140 14.1 0 ****
0.25 to <0.50 649 356 1,005 23.8 737 0.3 0.2 23.9 2.5 202 27.4 1 ****
0.50 to <0.75 40 27 67 22.2 45 0.6 <0.1 30.8 2.8 22 49.4 0 ****
0.75 to <2.50 1 0 1 81.4 2 1.0 <0.1 17.2 2.6 1 33.7 0 ****
2.50 to <10.00 68 0 68 9.7 1 2.9 <0.1 17.1 5.0 1 49.9 0 ****
10.00 to <100.00 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
100.00 (default) 5 **** 5 **** 5 100.0 <0.1 0.2^5^ 1.0 5 106.0 **** ****
Subtotal 11,478 2,048 13,526 19.2 11,841 0.1 0.7 35.9 1.2 1,190 10.0 2 0
Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 30.6.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 8,865 1,233 10,098 17.6 9,112 0.0 0.3 37.2 1.1 741 8.1 1
0.15 to <0.25 272 288 561 11.5 304 0.2 0.2 31.2 2.6 79 26.1 0
0.25 to <0.50 626 324 950 29.4 704 0.3 0.2 25.0 2.5 195 27.7 1
0.50 to <0.75 39 23 63 25.0 44 0.6 <0.1 29.9 2.8 21 48.7 0
0.75 to <2.50 1 0 1 96.4 1 1.0 <0.1 12.0 1.2 0 16.9 0
2.50 to <10.00 60 6 66 54.7 1 2.9 <0.1 9.1 5.0 0 26.6 0
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 4 4 4 100.0 <0.1 0.0^5^ 1.0 4 106.0
Subtotal 9,868 1,875 11,743 18.9 10,169 0.1 0.7 36.1 1.2 1,041 10.2 2 0
Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 6,826 753 7,578 12.8 6,951 0.0 0.3 35.3 1.1 543 7.8 1
0.15 to <0.25 277 239 517 11.8 305 0.2 0.2 30.7 2.7 82 26.9 0
0.25 to <0.50 618 407 1,025 25.7 713 0.3 0.2 25.3 2.5 198 27.8 1
0.50 to <0.75 33 7 40 10.0 34 0.6 <0.1 28.7 2.7 16 47.3 0
0.75 to <2.50 1 0 1 97.9 1 1.0 <0.1 13.4 1.2 0 18.9 0
2.50 to <10.00 60 6 66 54.7 4 2.9 <0.1 6.0 5.0 1 17.6 0
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 4 4 4 100.0 <0.1 0.0^5^ 1.0 4 106.0 0
Subtotal 7,819 1,412 9,231 16.5 8,012 0.1 0.8 34.2 1.3 844 10.5 2 1

42

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)^1^ **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF^2^ Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM^2^ Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands)^2^ Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^3^
Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 3,082 684 3,767 71.9 3,372 0.1 0.5 13.8 2.0 229 6.8 0 ****
0.15 to <0.25 2,023 452 2,475 65.1 2,317 0.2 0.3 14.2 2.0 304 13.1 1 ****
0.25 to <0.50 5,025 2,361 7,386 34.8 5,745 0.4 0.6 24.8 1.8 1,954 34.0 5 ****
0.50 to <0.75 4,286 2,892 7,177 32.8 5,147 0.6 0.6 27.0 1.7 2,450 47.6 9 ****
0.75 to <2.50 8,141 2,715 10,856 39.3 9,189 1.4 1.4 29.2 1.8 6,275 68.3 38 ****
2.50 to <10.00 1,660 398 2,059 61.3 1,904 3.4 0.3 35.8 2.0 2,172 114.1 23 ****
10.00 to <100.00 18 **** 18 **** 18 22.0 <0.1 33.0 5.0 72 398.0 1 ****
100.00 (default) 209 8 218 75.0 106 100.0 <0.1 50.2^5^ 2.4 113 106.0 108 ****
Subtotal 24,443 9,512 33,955 40.7 27,799 1.3 3.7 25.3 1.8 13,569 48.8 186 125
Corporates: specialized lending as of 30.6.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 2,452 480 2,932 73.3 2,803 0.1 0.5 13.9 2.0 199 7.1 0
0.15 to <0.25 1,802 378 2,180 68.0 2,059 0.2 0.3 15.4 2.1 309 15.0 1
0.25 to <0.50 4,408 2,021 6,429 36.5 5,045 0.4 0.6 28.0 1.8 1,622 32.2 5
0.50 to <0.75 4,650 3,518 8,168 27.4 5,506 0.6 0.6 31.7 1.6 2,677 48.6 11
0.75 to <2.50 7,280 2,351 9,631 37.4 8,126 1.4 1.4 31.0 1.7 5,439 66.9 36
2.50 to <10.00 1,403 330 1,733 58.1 1,593 3.4 0.3 35.6 1.5 1,631 102.4 20
10.00 to <100.00 4 0 4 100.0 4 11.0 <0.1 60.0 1.0 9 258.2 0
100.00 (default) 167 7 174 68.1 72 100.0 0.1 57.6^5^ 3.0 76 106.0 100
Subtotal 22,165 9,086 31,252 37.3 25,207 1.2 3.8 27.8 1.8 11,963 47.5 174 115
Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 1,948 420 2,368 77.3 2,271 0.1 0.4 14.9 2.1 174 7.6 0
0.15 to <0.25 1,501 524 2,024 60.7 1,819 0.2 0.3 15.9 2.0 265 14.6 1
0.25 to <0.50 3,838 2,190 6,029 32.8 4,464 0.4 0.6 27.3 2.0 1,436 32.2 4
0.50 to <0.75 4,187 3,459 7,647 32.1 5,141 0.6 0.6 31.8 1.5 2,470 48.0 10
0.75 to <2.50 7,339 2,377 9,716 36.8 8,206 1.4 1.4 31.7 1.7 5,550 67.6 37
2.50 to <10.00 1,163 296 1,460 61.1 1,343 3.5 0.3 39.2 1.5 1,507 112.2 19
10.00 to <100.00 0 0 0 12.0 <0.1 65.0 1.0 0 289.5 0
100.00 (default) 167 2 168 75.9 70 100.0 0.1 58.3^5^ 3.1 74 106.0 98
Subtotal 20,143 9,268 29,411 38.1 23,313 1.2 3.8 28.5 1.8 11,475 49.2 169 112

43

UBS Group AG consolidated

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)^1^ **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF^2^ Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM^2^ Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands)^2^ Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^3^
Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 18,411 20,390 38,801 34.3 22,251 0.1 4.7 33.0 1.5 4,486 20.2 4 ****
0.15 to <0.25 6,697 6,593 13,290 35.3 8,393 0.2 1.7 36.4 2.2 3,287 39.2 5 ****
0.25 to <0.50 4,536 4,490 9,026 38.5 5,311 0.4 2.7 33.2 2.2 2,620 49.3 6 ****
0.50 to <0.75 4,370 3,403 7,773 38.1 5,489 0.6 2.4 31.3 1.9 3,122 56.9 11 ****
0.75 to <2.50 11,515 8,534 20,049 44.4 13,078 1.4 10.8 30.1 2.1 9,441 72.2 57 ****
2.50 to <10.00 4,995 11,609 16,605 39.6 8,392 4.4 4.7 32.5 2.1 11,715 139.6 120 ****
10.00 to <100.00 319 443 762 57.3 470 14.8 0.3 29.1 2.0 1,040 221.1 20 ****
100.00 (default) 1,576 358 1,934 53.2 1,079 100.0 0.6 31.6^5^ 3.0 1,144 106.0 487 ****
Subtotal 52,420 55,821 108,241 37.9 64,463 2.8 28.0 32.6 1.9 36,855 57.2 712 862
Corporates: other lending as of 30.6.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 16,445 19,874 36,319 33.7 19,690 0.0 3.8 34.5 1.6 4,010 20.4 3
0.15 to <0.25 6,486 7,623 14,110 35.0 8,592 0.2 1.7 36.6 2.4 3,498 40.7 5
0.25 to <0.50 4,007 4,743 8,750 36.6 5,307 0.4 2.5 34.9 2.2 2,715 51.2 7
0.50 to <0.75 4,149 2,950 7,099 42.8 5,218 0.6 2.4 32.5 1.9 3,246 62.2 11
0.75 to <2.50 10,787 8,165 18,953 44.6 12,530 1.4 11.2 30.9 2.2 9,466 75.5 54
2.50 to <10.00 6,431 8,503 14,934 39.3 8,936 4.4 4.8 33.0 2.2 13,102 146.6 127
10.00 to <100.00 368 491 859 57.0 530 15.2 0.1 26.7 2.2 951 179.5 18
100.00 (default) 1,538 380 1,919 51.6 1,017 100.0 0.7 32.7^5^ 2.7 1,078 106.0 486
Subtotal 50,211 52,730 102,941 37.6 61,820 2.8 27.3 33.6 2.0 38,067 61.6 711 878
Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 13,726 18,836 32,562 34.3 16,701 0.0 3.4 37.3 1.8 3,682 22.0 9
0.15 to <0.25 3,969 5,443 9,412 36.9 5,489 0.2 1.6 32.5 2.4 2,016 36.7 3
0.25 to <0.50 4,101 3,994 8,095 35.1 5,233 0.4 2.5 33.6 2.0 2,715 51.9 6
0.50 to <0.75 3,030 2,509 5,539 41.4 4,060 0.6 2.4 32.9 1.8 2,207 54.4 8
0.75 to <2.50 9,263 8,543 17,805 38.3 12,372 1.4 11.1 30.8 2.1 9,329 75.4 52
2.50 to <10.00 4,519 8,690 13,209 40.0 7,399 4.1 4.9 32.1 2.4 10,543 142.5 100
10.00 to <100.00 351 460 811 60.1 487 17.6 0.1 13.6 1.8 506 103.9 11
100.00 (default) 1,253 178 1,432 48.2 790 100.0 0.7 33.1^5^ 2.7 838 106.0 385
Subtotal 40,212 48,653 88,866 37.0 52,533 2.7 26.6 33.5 2.0 31,836 60.6 575 554

44

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)^1^ **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF^2^ Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM^2^ Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands)^2^ Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^3^
Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 74,826 1,790 76,616 67.1 75,989 0.1 136.1 18.3 **** 3,041 4.0 12 ****
0.15 to <0.25 18,179 477 18,656 71.2 18,522 0.2 22.3 25.2 **** 1,702 9.2 9 ****
0.25 to <0.50 24,542 750 25,292 73.9 25,097 0.4 28.7 26.8 **** 3,956 15.8 24 ****
0.50 to <0.75 14,554 652 15,206 73.0 15,034 0.6 13.8 29.2 **** 3,952 26.3 28 ****
0.75 to <2.50 21,785 1,838 23,623 73.3 23,132 1.3 26.3 32.4 **** 11,402 49.3 100 ****
2.50 to <10.00 7,174 548 7,722 78.5 7,612 4.5 8.5 30.9 **** 7,098 93.2 103 ****
10.00 to <100.00 982 59 1,041 70.5 1,025 15.2 0.9 31.7 **** 1,525 148.9 49 ****
100.00 (default) 746 3 749 59.8 721 100.0 1.0 3.7^5^ **** 764 106.0 27 ****
Subtotal 162,788 6,117 168,906 71.8 167,131 1.1 237.6 23.9 **** 33,439 20.0 352 177
Retail: residential mortgages as of 30.6.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 66,295 1,707 68,002 58.3 67,295 0.1 129.6 18.6 2,806 4.2 11
0.15 to <0.25 15,046 375 15,421 71.2 15,314 0.2 22.0 21.7 1,364 8.9 6
0.25 to <0.50 22,360 633 22,992 76.5 22,849 0.4 29.1 22.8 3,349 14.7 18
0.50 to <0.75 14,570 458 15,028 79.4 14,934 0.6 16.0 23.6 3,431 23.0 22
0.75 to <2.50 22,773 1,598 24,371 76.6 23,998 1.3 28.5 27.5 10,495 43.7 89
2.50 to <10.00 8,756 432 9,187 74.8 9,086 4.3 10.5 23.9 6,812 75.0 93
10.00 to <100.00 1,081 38 1,120 87.3 1,115 15.3 1.2 22.3 1,359 121.9 38
100.00 (default) 701 6 707 64.4 679 100.0 1.0 3.6^5^ 720 106.0 26
Subtotal 151,582 5,247 156,829 70.4 155,269 1.2 237.8 21.7 30,337 19.5 304 156
Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 64,016 1,427 65,443 60.5 64,883 0.1 129.2 18.5 2,692 4.1 10
0.15 to <0.25 14,088 290 14,377 75.6 14,312 0.2 21.0 22.5 1,324 9.3 6
0.25 to <0.50 21,277 505 21,782 81.3 21,688 0.3 28.4 23.3 3,238 14.9 18
0.50 to <0.75 14,120 363 14,482 87.7 14,439 0.6 16.2 24.0 3,377 23.4 22
0.75 to <2.50 22,448 1,358 23,806 80.0 23,536 1.3 28.5 26.7 10,025 42.6 85
2.50 to <10.00 8,409 318 8,727 82.5 8,678 4.4 10.8 23.5 6,479 74.7 90
10.00 to <100.00 980 26 1,007 94.9 1,006 15.8 1.2 22.6 1,245 123.8 35
100.00 (default) 735 2 737 67.1 711 100.0 1.1 3.5^5^ 754 106.0 26
Subtotal 146,073 4,289 150,362 74.3 149,255 1.2 236.3 21.7 29,133 19.5 292 110

45

UBS Group AG consolidated

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)^1^ **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF^2^ Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM^2^ Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands)^2^ Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^3^
Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) as of 31.12.20^4^ ****
0.00 to <0.15 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.15 to <0.25 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.25 to <0.50 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.50 to <0.75 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.75 to <2.50 66 462 528 **** 91 1.7 29.1 47.0 **** 97 106.6 1 ****
2.50 to <10.00 1,245 6,425 7,670 **** 1,723 2.7 901.7 42.0 **** 606 35.2 19 ****
10.00 to <100.00 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
100.00 (default) 40 **** 40 **** 24 100.0 23.0 40.0^5^ **** 25 106.0 16 ****
Subtotal 1,350 6,888 8,238 **** 1,838 3.9 953.8 42.2 **** 729 39.6 35 31
Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) as of 30.6.20^4^ ****
0.00 to <0.15
0.15 to <0.25
0.25 to <0.50
0.50 to <0.75
0.75 to <2.50 53 430 483 74 1.7 28.8 47.0 88 119.1 1
2.50 to <10.00 1,130 5,961 7,091 1,565 2.7 936.6 42.0 550 35.2 17
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 37 37 22 100.0 25.5 40.0^5^ 23 106.0 15
Subtotal 1,220 6,391 7,611 1,660 3.9 990.9 42.2 661 39.8 32 28
Retail: qualifying revolving retail exposures (QRRE) as of 31.12.19^4^ ****
0.00 to <0.15
0.15 to <0.25
0.25 to <0.50
0.50 to <0.75
0.75 to <2.50 107 373 480 148 1.7 36.3 47.0 41 28.0 1
2.50 to <10.00 1,282 5,632 6,915 1,776 2.7 947.4 42.0 625 35.2 19
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 33 33 20 100.0 24.4 40.0^5^ 21 106.0 13
Subtotal 1,422 6,006 7,428 1,944 3.6 1,008.2 42.4 687 35.3 34 28

46

CR6: IRB – Credit risk exposures by portfolio and PD range (continued)^1^ **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
USD million, except where indicated Original on-balance sheet gross exposure Off-balance sheet exposures pre-CCF^2^ Total exposures pre-CCF Average CCF in % EAD post-CCF and post-CRM^2^ Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands)^2^ Average LGD in % Average maturity in years RWA RWA density in % EL Provisions^3^
Retail: other retail as of 31.12.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 120,619 269,626 390,245 18.5 170,442 0.0 343.2 31.0 **** 7,337 4.3 23 ****
0.15 to <0.25 3,940 6,764 10,704 19.0 5,221 0.2 7.2 27.7 **** 556 10.7 2 ****
0.25 to <0.50 5,109 7,635 12,744 18.8 6,541 0.4 8.4 31.7 **** 1,281 19.6 7 ****
0.50 to <0.75 3,855 6,451 10,306 20.2 5,160 0.6 8.8 27.8 **** 1,240 24.0 9 ****
0.75 to <2.50 4,522 8,480 13,002 21.5 6,352 1.1 47.8 31.3 **** 2,276 35.8 23 ****
2.50 to <10.00 884 897 1,781 18.7 1,143 4.8 3.4 52.0 **** 1,004 87.8 35 ****
10.00 to <100.00 128 90 218 20.1 146 18.4 0.9 28.2 **** 93 63.6 8 ****
100.00 (default) 77 28 105 27.9 56 100.0 <0.1 28.0^5^ **** 60 106.0 28 ****
Subtotal 139,134 299,971 439,105 18.7 195,062 0.2 419.6 31.0 **** 13,847 7.1 135 43
Retail: other retail as of 30.6.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 106,954 239,003 345,957 18.4 150,814 0.0 172.7 29.9 6,069 4.0 19
0.15 to <0.25 2,310 6,556 8,866 17.9 3,481 0.2 4.8 26.6 355 10.2 2
0.25 to <0.50 3,122 6,703 9,825 19.0 4,396 0.4 6.4 28.7 779 17.7 4
0.50 to <0.75 2,573 10,748 13,321 17.7 4,478 0.6 6.7 28.4 1,292 28.9 9
0.75 to <2.50 3,923 9,452 13,375 20.6 5,874 1.1 41.7 29.6 2,006 34.2 20
2.50 to <10.00 703 805 1,507 19.3 939 5.0 1.6 56.2 894 95.2 31
10.00 to <100.00 83 62 145 23.6 98 20.7 0.6 25.5 59 60.6 5
100.00 (default) 215 21 235 0.1 209 100.0 <0.1 15.0^5^ 222 106.0 18
Subtotal 119,882 273,349 393,231 18.4 170,290 0.3 234.6 29.9 11,676 6.9 108 58
Retail: other retail as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 108,053 246,984 355,038 18.5 153,741 0.0 201.8 31.7 6,535 4.3 20
0.15 to <0.25 1,977 3,610 5,587 18.9 2,660 0.2 4.5 29.7 304 11.4 1
0.25 to <0.50 1,405 2,235 3,640 18.2 1,811 0.4 2.2 34.4 385 21.3 2
0.50 to <0.75 837 1,193 2,031 18.4 1,056 0.6 1.7 33.1 315 29.9 2
0.75 to <2.50 2,792 7,052 9,844 15.0 3,846 1.1 42.5 35.4 1,568 40.8 14
2.50 to <10.00 783 768 1,551 16.1 980 5.6 1.4 64.5 1,073 109.5 41
10.00 to <100.00 166 26 192 31.9 175 15.4 0.7 30.8 115 65.7 9
100.00 (default) 4 7 11 2.3 4 100.0 <0.1 42.5^5^ 4 106.0 5
Subtotal 116,018 261,876 377,894 18.4 164,273 0.1 254.9 31.9 10,298 6.3 95 9
Total 31.12.20 603,700 383,909 987,609 22.8 686,177 0.6 1,645.1 29.5 1.3^6^ 108,281 15.8 1,466 1,264
Total 30.6.20 565,598 353,672 919,270 22.6 641,155 0.7 1,496.8 29.1 1.3^6^ 103,036 16.1 1,381 1,262
Total 31.12.19 484,669 335,834 820,503 22.7 555,823 0.7 1,532.1 29.2 1.3^6^ 92,858 16.7 1,208 836
1 Effective from 31 December 2020, we have changed the<br> disclosure in order to reflect that the information prior to CRM effects is<br> shown in the asset class of the obligor, while the information post-CRM is<br> disclosed in the asset class of the protection provider. Prior periods have<br> been restated accordingly.    2 Comparative figures for off-balance<br> sheet exposures, as well as EAD post-CCF and post-CRM, have been adjusted to<br> include uncommitted and fully unutilized Lombard loan limits. The numbers of<br> obligors reflect uncommitted and fully unutilized Lombard loan limits from 31<br> December 2020 onward.    3 In line with the BCBS Pillar 3 disclosure<br> requirements, provisions are only provided for the sub-totals by asset<br> class.    4 For the calculation of the “EAD post-CCF and post-CRM” column, a<br> balance factor approach is used instead of a CCF approach. The EAD is<br> calculated by multiplying the on-balance sheet exposure with a fixed factor<br> of 1.4.    5 Average LGD for defaulted exposures disclosed in the table are<br> not used to calculate RWA. The disclosed number is derived using ECL<br> accounting provisions (stage 3) divided by total exposures pre-CCF.    6<br> Retail asset classes are excluded from the average maturity as they are not<br> subject to maturity treatment.

p

47

UBS Group AG consolidated

Credit risk risk-weighted assets under the A-IRB approach

This sub-section provides disclosures on the quarterly credit risk RWA development for the credit risk measured under the A-IRB approach. The table below provides definitions applied in the CR8 table on the following page.

Definitionsof credit risk and counterparty credit risk RWA movement table components forCR8 and CCR7

The references in the table below refer to the line numbers provided in the movement tables on the next page and page 67 of this report.

Reference Description Definition
2 Asset size Movements arising in the ordinary course of business,<br> such as new transactions, sales and write-offs.
3 Asset quality / Credit quality of counterparties Movements resulting from changes in the underlying<br> credit quality of counterparties. These are caused by changes to risk<br> parameters, e.g., counterparty ratings, LGD estimates or credit hedges.
4 Model updates Movements arising from the implementation of new<br> models and from parameter changes to existing models. The RWA effect of model<br> updates is estimated based on the portfolio at the time of the implementation<br> of the change.
5 Methodology and policy Movements due to methodological changes in<br> calculations driven by regulatory policy changes, including revisions to<br> existing regulations, new regulations and add-ons mandated by the regulator.<br> The effect of methodology and policy changes on RWA is estimated based on the<br> portfolio at the time of the implementation of the change.
6 Acquisitions and disposals Movements as a result of disposal or acquisition of<br> business operations, quantified based on the credit risk exposures as of the<br> end of the quarter preceding a disposal or following an acquisition.<br> Purchases and sales of exposures in the ordinary course of business are<br> reflected under Asset size.
7 Foreign exchange movements Movements as a result of exchange rate changes of the<br> transaction currencies against the US dollar.
8 Other Movements due to changes that cannot be attributed to<br> any other category.

48

Development in the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly | Credit risk RWA under the A-IRB approach increased by USD 3.3 billion to USD 108.3 billion during the fourth quarter of 2020.

The RWA increase from asset size movements of USD 1.2 billion was predominantly driven by increases from loans and loan commitments in Global Wealth Management as well as higher nostro account balances in Group Functions. These increases were partly offset by a decrease from loans in the Investment Bank.

The RWA from asset quality decreased by USD 0.9 billion, mainly driven by rating changes to credit defaults during the fourth quarter of 2020 in the Investment Bank. Model updates of USD 0.5 billion were mainly driven by the recalibration of risk parameters for real estate portfolios in Global Wealth Management. The RWA from foreign exchange movements increased by USD 2.6 billion, due to the depreciation of the US dollar. p

Quarterly |

CR8: RWA flow statements of<br> credit risk exposures under IRB
million For the quarter ended 31.12.20 For the quarter ended 30.9.20 For the quarter ended 30.6.20 For the quarter ended 31.3.20
1 104,942 103,036 100,076 92,858
2 1,171 (1,059) 536 7,543
3 (923) 676 863 (241)
4 492 583 870
5 **** 60
5a **** 60
6 ****
7 2,599 1,930 1,098 (144)
8 **** (224) (407)
9 108,281 104,942 103,036 100,076

All values are in US Dollars.

p

49

UBS Group AG consolidated

Backtesting

Annual | More information about backtesting of credit models is provided on pages 120–121 of our Annual Report 2020*.* p

Annual |

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio^1^
PD range External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Moody’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Standard & Poor’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Fitch Weighted average PD in % Arithmetic average PD<br><br> <br>by obligors in % Number of obligors<br><br> <br>(in thousands)^2^ Defaulted obligors<br><br> <br>in the year of which: new defaulted obligors in the year Average historical annual default rate in %^3^
End of previous year End of the year
Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.20 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.3 0.4 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.7 0.6 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.5 1.3 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 2.7 4.2 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 13.0 15.7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
Subtotal 0.1 1.7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.0 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.3 0.3 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.7 0.7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 2.0 1.4 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 3.6 3.3 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 13.9 13.0 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
Subtotal 0.1 1.4 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0

50

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)^1^
PD range External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Moody’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Standard & Poor’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Fitch Weighted average PD in % Arithmetic average PD<br><br> <br>by obligors in % Number of obligors<br><br> <br>(in thousands)^2^ Defaulted obligors<br><br> <br>in the year of which: new defaulted obligors in the year Average historical annual default rate in %^3^
End of previous year End of the year
Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.20 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.1 0.5 0.5 0 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0 0 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.0
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.1
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.7 1.4 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.2
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 3.6 3.1 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.3
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 14.2 22.0 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 1.0
Subtotal 0.3 0.7 1.4 1.4 0 0 0.1
Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 0.5 0.5 0 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0 0 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.0
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.1
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.7 1.4 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.2
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 4.7 3.1 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.3
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 15.9 16.0 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 1.1
Subtotal 0.4 0.7 1.4 1.4 0 0 0.1

51

UBS Group AG consolidated

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)^1^
PD range External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Moody’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Standard & Poor’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Fitch Weighted average PD in % Arithmetic average PD<br><br> <br>by obligors in % Number of obligors<br><br> <br>(in thousands)^2^ Defaulted obligors<br><br> <br>in the year of which: new defaulted obligors in the year Average historical annual default rate in %^3^
End of previous year End of the year
Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.20 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.3 0 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.0
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.5
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.0 1.2 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 2.9 2.7 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 0.0 0.0 0 0 7.7
Subtotal 0.2 0.2 0.7 0.7 0 0 0.0
Public-sector entities, multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.1 0.4 0.3 0 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0 0 0.0
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 < 0.1 < 0.1 1 0 0.6
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.2 1.3 < 0.1 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 0.0 < 0.1 0 0 0.0
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 0.0 0.0 0 0 8.3
Subtotal 0.1 0.2 0.8 0.7 1 0 0.0

52

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)^1^
PD range External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Moody’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Standard & Poor’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Fitch Weighted average PD in % Arithmetic average PD<br><br> <br>by obligors in % Number of obligors<br><br> <br>(in thousands)^2^ Defaulted obligors<br><br> <br>in the year of which: new defaulted obligors in the year Average historical annual default rate in %^3^
End of previous year End of the year
Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.20 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.5 1 0 0.1
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0 0 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 1 0 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 3 0 0.2
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 3 0 0.4
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 3.5 3.5 0.3 0.3 3 0 1.3
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 0.0 0.0 0 0 5.7
Subtotal 1.2 1.1 3.7 3.7 11 0 0.3
Corporates: specialized lending as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.4 0 0 0.1
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 1 0 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 0 0 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0 0 0.2
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.4 4 0 0.4
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 3.3 3.5 0.4 0.3 6 0 1.3
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 0.0 0.0 0 0 6.1
Subtotal 1.6 1.1 3.7 3.7 11 0 0.3

53

UBS Group AG consolidated

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)^1^
PD range External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Moody’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Standard & Poor’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Fitch Weighted average PD in % Arithmetic average PD<br><br> <br>by obligors in % Number of obligors<br><br> <br>(in thousands)^2^ Defaulted obligors<br><br> <br>in the year of which: new defaulted obligors in the year Average historical annual default rate in %^3^
End of previous year End of the year
Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.20 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 3.3 3.7 4 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 1.6 1.6 1 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 2.4 2.6 4 0 0.2
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 2.4 2.4 6 0 0.3
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.4 1.5 11.0 10.7 101 10 0.6
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 4.0 3.9 4.9 4.9 110 1 1.9
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 17.6 15.0 < 0.1 < 0.1 18 0 11.5
Subtotal 2.2 1.5 25.7 26.0 244 11 0.3
Corporates: other lending as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 3.8 3.3 6 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 1.6 1.6 5 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 2.4 2.4 8 2 0.2
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 2.5 2.4 10 1 0.3
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.4 1.5 11.2 11.0 86 3 0.5
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 3.4 3.9 4.7 4.9 131 2 1.8
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 15.3 15.2 0.1 < 0.1 15 1 10.8
Subtotal 2.8 1.5 26.3 25.7 261 9 0.3

54

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)^1^
PD range External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Moody’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Standard & Poor’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Fitch Weighted average PD in % Arithmetic average PD<br><br> <br>by obligors in % Number of obligors<br><br> <br>(in thousands)^2^ Defaulted obligors<br><br> <br>in the year of which: new defaulted obligors in the year Average historical annual default rate in %^3^
End of previous year End of the year
Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.20 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 129.2 136.1 73 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 21.0 22.3 30 1 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.3 0.4 28.4 28.7 47 1 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 16.2 13.8 103 6 0.4
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.3 1.3 28.5 26.3 88 1 0.4
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 4.4 4.2 10.8 8.5 116 3 1.2
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 15.8 15.7 1.2 0.9 57 0 3.5
Subtotal 1.2 0.6 235.2 236.6 514 12 0.2
Retail: residential mortgages as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.1 0.1 129.5 129.2 88 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 20.7 21.0 29 0 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 27.8 28.4 49 0 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 15.4 16.2 89 0 0.3
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.3 1.3 27.0 28.5 85 1 0.4
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 4.3 4.2 10.2 10.8 98 0 1.2
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 15.3 15.7 1.2 1.2 39 0 3.4
Subtotal 1.2 0.6 231.7 235.2 477 1 0.2

55

UBS Group AG consolidated

CR9: IRB – Backtesting of probability of default (PD) per portfolio (continued)^1^
PD range External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Moody’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Standard & Poor’s External rating equivalent<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Fitch Weighted average PD in % Arithmetic average PD<br><br> <br>by obligors in % Number of obligors<br><br> <br>(in thousands)^2^ Defaulted obligors<br><br> <br>in the year of which: new defaulted obligors in the year Average historical annual default rate in %^3^
End of previous year End of the year
Retail: other retail as of 31.12.20 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.0 201.8 343.2 13 0 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 4.5 7.2 0 0 0.0
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 2.2 8.4 0 0 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 1.7 8.8 2 0 0.1
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.1 1.0 42.5 47.8 16 1 0.0
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 5.6 3.4 1.4 3.4 1 0 0.1
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 15.4 21.3 0.7 0.9 3 0 0.0
Subtotal 0.1 0.3 254.9 419.6 35 1 0.0
Retail: other retail as of 31.12.19 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.00 to <0.15 Aaa to A3 AAA to A– AAA to AA– 0.0 0.0 195.3 201.8 15 1 0.0
0.15 to <0.25 Baa1 to Baa2 BBB+ to BBB BBB+ to BBB 0.2 0.2 6.2 4.5 1 0 0.1
0.25 to <0.50 Baa3 BBB– BBB– 0.4 0.4 2.6 2.2 1 0 0.1
0.50 to <0.75 Ba1 BB+ BB+ 0.6 0.6 1.8 1.7 0 0 0.1
0.75 to <2.50 Ba2 to Ba3 BB to BB– BB to BB– 1.1 1.0 48.1 42.5 6 1 0.0
2.50 to <10.00 B1 to B3 B+ to B– B+ to B– 4.2 3.4 1.5 1.4 0 0 0.1
10.00 to <100.00 Caa to C CCC to C CCC to C 16.4 21.3 0.7 0.7 0 0 0.0
Subtotal 0.1 0.3 256.2 254.9 23 2 0.0
1 This table covers all Pillar 1 PD models that are approved by<br> FINMA and are subject to a yearly confirmation / backtesting. Refer to the<br> “Key features of our main credit risk models” table under “Credit risk<br> models” in the “Risk management and control” section of our Annual Report<br> 2020 for more information.    2 The numbers of obligors reflect<br> uncommitted and fully unutilized Lombard loan limits from 31 December 2020<br> onward.    3 We use 13 years of data for the calculation of the “average<br> historical annual default rate.”

p

56

Equity exposures

The table below provides information about our equity exposures under the simple risk-weight method.

Semi-annual |

CR10: IRB (equities under the simple risk-weight method)^1^
USD million, except where indicated On-balance sheet amount Off-balance sheet amount Risk weight in %^2^ Exposure amount^3^ RWA^2^
31.12.20 ****
Exchange-traded equity exposures 29 0 300 29 92
Other equity exposures 638 0 400 638 2,704
Total 667 0 **** 667 2,796
30.6.20 ****
Exchange-traded equity exposures 39 300 39 123
Other equity exposures 595 400 595 2,523
Total 634 **** **** 634 2,646
31.12.19 ****
Exchange-traded equity exposures 34 300 34 107
Other equity exposures 1,010 400 744 3,154
Total 1,043 **** **** 777 3,261
1 This table includes investment in funds until 31 December<br> 2019, and excludes significant investments in the common shares of<br> non-consolidated financial institutions (banks, insurance and other financial<br> entities) that are subject to the threshold treatment and risk-weighted at<br> 250%.    2 RWA are calculated post-application of the A-IRB multiplier of 6%,<br> therefore the respective risk weight is higher than 300% and 400%.    3 The<br> exposure amount for equities in the banking book is based on the net<br> position.

p

57

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 5  Counterparty credit risk

Introduction

Semi-annual I This section provides information about the exposures subject to the Basel III counterparty credit risk (CCR) framework. CCR arises from over-the-counter (OTC) and exchange-traded derivatives (ETDs), securities financing transactions (SFTs) and long settlement transactions. Within traded products, we determine the regulatory credit exposure on the majority of our derivatives portfolio by applying the effective expected positive exposure (EEPE) and stressed expected positive exposure (stressed EPE) as defined in the Basel III framework. For the rest of the portfolio, we have applied the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR) since 1 January 2020, whereas figures for prior periods were calculated in accordance with the current exposure method (CEM). For the majority of securities financing transactions (securities borrowing, securities lending, margin lending, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements), we determine the regulatory credit exposure using the close-out period (COP) approach. p

›    Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section ofthis report for more information about the implementation of SA-CCR

Counterparty credit risk management

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2020.

Annual |

CCRA – Counterparty credit risk management
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
Risk management objectives and policies related to counterparty<br> credit risk Risk management and control – Traded products 112–113
– Credit hedging 115
– Mitigation of settlement risk 115
Consolidated financial statements – Note 1a item 2j Hedge accounting 298
– Note 10 Derivative instruments 320–321
The method used to assign the operating limits defined in terms<br> of internal capacity for counterparty credit exposures and for CCP exposures Risk management and control – Risk governance 95–96
– Portfolio and position limits 105
– Credit risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 107
– Credit hedging 115
– Credit risk models 115–121
Policies relating to guarantees and other risk mitigants, and<br> counterparty risk assessment Risk management and control – Credit risk mitigation 114–115
Consolidated financial statements – Note 10 Derivative instruments 320–321
– Note 22 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities 364–365
Policies with respect to wrong-way risk exposures Risk management and control – Exposure at default 117-118
The effect on the firm of a credit rating downgrade (i.e.,<br> amount of collateral that the firm would be required to provide) Risk management and control – Credit ratings 160

p

58

Counterparty credit exposure

Semi-annual I The CCR1 table below presents the methods used to calculate counterparty credit risk exposure.

Compared with 30 June 2020, exposure at default (EAD) post-credit risk mitigation (CRM) related to CCR increased by USD 10.7 billion to USD 136.0 billion and RWA decreased by USD 0.3 billion to USD 38.3 billion. EAD post-CRM on derivative exposures under the internal model method increased by USD 4.3 billion to USD 49.1 billion as well as EAD post-CRM on SFTs under the comprehensive approach and the VaR approach increased by USD 8.5 billion to USD 72.3 billion, mainly driven by higher client activity levels, predominantly in the Investment Bank. EAD post-CRM and associated RWA on derivative exposures under the SA-CCR approach decreased by USD 2 billion and USD 0.6 billion, respectively, mainly due to lower potential future exposure, primarily in Global Wealth Management. p

Semi-annual |

CCR1: Analysis of counterparty<br> credit risk (CCR) exposure by approach
million, except where<br> indicated Replacement cost Potential future exposure EEPE Alpha used for computing regulatory EAD EAD<br><br> <br>post-CRM RWA
31.12.20 ****
1 5,090 5,383 **** 1.4 14,663 4,353
2 **** **** 30,672 1.6 49,075 19,179
3 **** **** **** **** **** ****
4 **** **** **** **** 23,464 6,544
5 **** **** **** **** 48,834 8,226
6 **** **** **** **** 136,036 38,301
30.6.20 ****
1 5,395 6,533 1.4 16,700 4,965
2 28,005 1.6 44,808 19,073
3
4 21,993 6,720
5 41,853 7,810
6 **** **** **** **** 125,354 38,567
31.12.19 ****
1 5,276^2^ 5,947 1.0 11,224 3,376
2 28,391 1.6 45,426 19,896
3
4 17,572 5,858
5 29,971 5,333
6 **** **** **** **** 104,192 34,463
1 Calculated in accordance with the standardized approach for<br> counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR) since 1 January 2020, whereas figures for<br> 31 December 2019 were calculated in accordance with the current exposure<br> method (CEM).    2 Replacement costs include collateral mitigation for on-<br> and off-balance sheet exposures related to CCR for derivative<br> transactions.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

Semi-annual | The CCR2 table below presents the credit valuation adjustment (CVA) capital charge with a breakdown by standardized and advanced approaches. In addition to the default risk capital requirements for CCR on derivatives, we are required to add a CVA capital charge to cover the risk of mark-to-market losses associated with the deterioration of counterparty credit quality. The advanced CVA value-at-risk (VaR) approach has been used to calculate the CVA capital charge where we use the internal model method (IMM). Where this is not the case, the standardized CVA approach has been used.

Compared with 30 June 2020, the credit valuation adjustment RWA decreased by USD 1.6 billion to USD 2.9 billion, primarily due to risk management activity. p

Semi-annual |

CCR2: Credit valuation adjustment<br> (CVA) capital charge
31.12.20 30.6.20 31.12.19
million EAD post-CRM RWA EAD post-CRM RWA EAD post-CRM^1^ RWA
48,453 1,358 43,939 3,082 44,520 974
1 **** 371 906 180
2 **** 987 2,176 794
3 5,470 1,586 6,380 1,441 4,630 926
4 53,923 2,945 50,318 4,523 49,150 1,900
1 Comparative figures for EAD post-CRM have been adjusted in the<br> second quarter of 2020 to include stressed exposure at default on<br> derivatives.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

59

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semi-annual | The CCR3 table below provides information about our CCR exposures under the standardized approach. Compared with 30 June 2020, the total CCR exposures decreased by USD 1.2 billion to USD 6.3 billion, primarily related to a reduction from margin loans in the Investment Bank. p

Semi-annual |

CCR3: Standardized approach – CCR<br> exposures by regulatory portfolio and risk weights
million
Risk weight 0% 10% 20% 50% 75% 100% 150% Others Total credit exposure
****
1 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** **** 0
2 **** **** 48 111 **** 0 **** **** 159
3 **** **** 139 135 **** 0 **** **** 274
4 **** **** 77 123 3,712 1,758 2 **** 5,672
5 **** **** 0 **** 3 179 **** **** 182
6 **** **** **** **** **** 0 **** **** 0
7 **** **** **** **** 0 0 **** **** 0
8 **** **** 263 369 3,715 1,938 2 **** 6,287
****
1 164 164
2 15 436 0 3 453
3 38 275 0 18 331
4 6 5 4,319^1^ 1,988 9 6,327
5 0 7 209 216
6
7
8 164 **** 58 716 4,326 2,218 9 **** 7,491
****
1 207 207
2 63 72 4 140
3 31 446 11 488
4 9 101 3,952^1^ 1,302 26 5,389
5 1 123 124
6
7
8 207 **** 102 620 3,954 1,439 26 **** 6,348
1 Relates to structured margin lending exposures based on the<br> methodology agreed with FINMA.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

60

Semi-annual | Information about RWA, including details of movements in CCR RWA, is provided on pages 6–9 of our 30 September 2020 Pillar 3 report, available under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors, and  on page 67 of this report.

The CCR4 table below and on the following pages provides a breakdown of the key parameters used for the calculation of capital requirements under the A-IRB approach, by a probability of default (PD) range across Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA)-defined asset classes. Compared with 30 June 2020, EAD post-CRM increased by USD 11.9 billion to USD 129.7 billion across various asset classes, resulting in an overall RWA increase of USD 0.6 billion to USD 33.3 billion.

In the Central governments and central banks asset class, EAD post-CRM increased by USD 5.0 billion to USD 15.6 billion, mainly as a result of increased client activity in securities financing transactions in the Investment Bank and Group Functions.

In the Banks and securities dealers asset class, EAD post-CRM increased by USD 4.7 billion to USD 27.7 billion and RWA increased by USD 1.2 billion to USD 7.5 billion, primarily driven by increased client activity in securities financing transactions in the Investment Bank and Group Functions.

In the Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks asset class, EAD post-CRM decreased by USD 0.6 billion to USD 1.8 billion, due to decreases in derivatives in Group Functions and the Investment Bank.

In the Corporates: including specialized lending asset class, EAD post-CRM increased by USD 3.9 billion to USD 76.1 billion, due to exposure increases in securities financing transactions and derivatives, as a result of increased client activity, mainly in the Investment Bank. RWA decreased by USD 0.7 billion to USD 23.4 billion, primarily reflecting risk management activity.

In the Retail: other retail asset class, EAD post-CRM decreased by USD 1.1 billion to USD 8.5 billion, mainly due to decreases in derivatives in Global Wealth Management. p

Semi-annual |

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale
USD million, except where indicated EAD post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years^1^ RWA RWA density in %
Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 14,751 0.0 0.1 38.6 0.5 787 5.3
0.15 to <0.25 199 0.2 <0.1 38.2 0.9 53 26.4
0.25 to <0.50 494 0.3 <0.1 96.3 0.9 469 94.9
0.50 to <0.75 128 0.7 <0.1 99.6 1.0 186 145.7
0.75 to <2.50 **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
2.50 to <10.00 0 2.6 <0.1 75.0 1.0 0 228.3
10.00 to <100.00 **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
100.00 (default) **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Subtotal 15,572 0.0 0.1 40.9 0.5 1,495 9.6
Central governments and central banks as of 30.6.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 9,795 0.0 0.2 38.6 0.4 629 6.4
0.15 to <0.25 203 0.2 <0.1 47.0 0.7 57 28.1
0.25 to <0.50 437 0.3 <0.1 96.4 1.0 438 100.4
0.50 to <0.75 56 0.7 <0.1 55.0 1.0 45 80.4
0.75 to <2.50 37 0.9 <0.1 57.2 0.4 32 86.5
2.50 to <10.00 2 2.6 <0.1 70.2 1.0 3 173.8
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 10,528 0.1 0.2 41.4 0.4 1,203 11.4
Central governments and central banks as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 8,443 0.0 0.1 35.4 0.4 490 5.8
0.15 to <0.25 129 0.2 <0.1 50.3 0.6 37 28.6
0.25 to <0.50 261 0.3 <0.1 53.1 0.7 149 57.3
0.50 to <0.75 108 0.7 <0.1 55.0 1.0 87 80.4
0.75 to <2.50 13 1.0 <0.1 44.7 0.8 11 87.2
2.50 to <10.00
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 8,954 0.1 0.1 36.3 0.4 774 8.6

61

UBS Group AG consolidated

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)
USD million, except where indicated EAD post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years^1^ RWA RWA density in %
Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 18,474 0.1 0.4 50.0 0.6 3,150 17.1
0.15 to <0.25 5,913 0.2 0.2 49.7 0.5 1,964 33.2
0.25 to <0.50 1,894 0.4 0.2 48.5 0.7 904 47.7
0.50 to <0.75 633 0.7 <0.1 60.4 0.6 582 91.9
0.75 to <2.50 738 1.3 0.1 52.4 1.0 827 112.1
2.50 to <10.00 29 3.9 <0.1 77.8 1.0 67 231.7
10.00 to <100.00 0 22.0 <0.1 45.0 1.0 0 241.8
100.00 (default) **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Subtotal 27,681 0.2 1.0 50.1 0.6 7,494 27.1
Banks and securities dealers as of 30.6.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 15,403 0.1 0.4 50.4 0.7 2,836 18.4
0.15 to <0.25 4,782 0.2 0.2 49.1 0.6 1,578 33.0
0.25 to <0.50 1,753 0.4 0.2 47.3 0.7 838 47.8
0.50 to <0.75 365 0.6 0.1 58.7 0.9 329 90.2
0.75 to <2.50 690 1.1 0.2 49.8 0.8 660 95.6
2.50 to <10.00 27 3.6 <0.1 71.7 1.0 56 210.1
10.00 to <100.00 0 22.0 <0.1 45.0 1.0 0 241.3
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 23,021 0.2 1.1 50.0 0.6 6,297 27.4
Banks and securities dealers as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 13,108 0.1 0.4 48.9 0.8 2,539 19.4
0.15 to <0.25 4,287 0.2 0.2 48.7 0.8 1,568 36.6
0.25 to <0.50 1,615 0.4 0.2 46.6 0.7 766 47.4
0.50 to <0.75 650 0.7 0.1 63.1 0.8 632 97.3
0.75 to <2.50 573 1.1 0.1 38.6 0.9 404 70.5
2.50 to <10.00 33 3.2 <0.1 73.5 1.0 71 217.8
10.00 to <100.00 1 14.9 <0.1 90.0 1.0 6 431.9
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 20,267 0.2 1.1 48.9 0.8 5,985 29.5

62

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)
USD million, except where indicated EAD post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years^1^ RWA RWA density in %
Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 1,308 0.0 <0.1 41.0 0.7 129 9.9
0.15 to <0.25 470 0.2 <0.1 42.1 1.3 111 23.7
0.25 to <0.50 **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.6 <0.1 100.0 1.4 0 121.3
0.75 to <2.50 **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
2.50 to <10.00 **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
10.00 to <100.00 **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
100.00 (default) 26 100.0 <0.1 **** 2.9 27 103.0
Subtotal 1,805 1.5 <0.1 40.7 0.9 268 14.8
Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 30.6.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 2,143 0.0 0.1 36.1 1.3 136 6.3
0.15 to <0.25 265 0.2 <0.1 51.1 1.0 79 29.8
0.25 to <0.50
0.50 to <0.75 0 0.6 <0.1 100.0 2.0 0.1 134.6
0.75 to <2.50
2.50 to <10.00
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 29 100.0 <0.1 3.3 31 106.0
Subtotal 2,438 1.2 0.1 37.4 1.3 246 10.1
Public-sector entities and multi-lateral development banks as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 2,102 0.1 36.1 1.1 133 6.3
0.15 to <0.25 58 0.2 <0.1 86.5 1.0 27 46.7
0.25 to <0.50 4 0.4 <0.1 86.9 1.0 4 114.7
0.50 to <0.75
0.75 to <2.50 0 1.0 <0.1 35.0 1.0 0 60.4
2.50 to <10.00
10.00 to <100.00
100.00 (default) 22 100.0 <0.1 3.4 23 106.0
Subtotal 2,185 1.0 0.1 37.2 1.1 187 8.6

63

UBS Group AG consolidated

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)
USD million, except where indicated EAD post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years^1^ RWA RWA density in %
Corporates: including specialized lending as of 31.12.20^2^ ****
0.00 to <0.15 52,552 0.0 10.8 34.5 0.5 6,653 12.7
0.15 to <0.25 8,375 0.2 1.9 54.9 0.7 4,992 59.6
0.25 to <0.50 3,074 0.3 0.7 70.1 0.7 3,539 115.1
0.50 to <0.75 2,579 0.6 0.6 32.7 0.6 1,846 71.6
0.75 to <2.50 7,392 1.2 1.1 22.6 0.4 4,719 63.8
2.50 to <10.00 2,171 3.1 0.1 15.9 0.3 1,609 74.1
10.00 to <100.00 3 13.0 <0.1 20.0 1.0 5 147.0
100.00 (default) 0 100.0 <0.1 **** 1.0 0 106.0
Subtotal 76,146 0.3 15.4 36.5 0.5 23,363 30.7
Corporates: including specialized lending as of 30.6.20^2^ ****
0.00 to <0.15 49,085 0.0 12.2 35.0 0.5 6,587 13.4
0.15 to <0.25 8,386 0.2 1.9 52.2 0.6 4,459 53.2
0.25 to <0.50 2,635 0.4 0.8 87.4 0.8 3,821 145.0
0.50 to <0.75 3,590 0.6 0.8 39.9 0.5 3,429 95.5
0.75 to <2.50 6,059 1.2 1.6 27.5 0.5 4,936 81.5
2.50 to <10.00 2,442 3.1 0.2 7.7 0.2 828 33.9
10.00 to <100.00 2 22.0 <0.1 19.9 1.0 4 173.4
100.00 (default) 0 100.0 <0.1 1.0 0 106.0
Subtotal 72,199 0.3 17.5 37.6 0.5 24,065 33.3
Corporates: including specialized lending as of 31.12.19^2^ ****
0.00 to <0.15 40,175 0.0 11.6 35.7 0.5 5,807 14.5
0.15 to <0.25 6,620 0.2 1.7 57.5 0.7 4,217 63.7
0.25 to <0.50 2,305 0.4 0.8 83.7 0.9 3,494 151.6
0.50 to <0.75 3,351 0.6 0.9 36.9 0.6 3,000 89.5
0.75 to <2.50 5,708 1.2 1.5 28.9 0.5 4,655 81.5
2.50 to <10.00 2,182 3.2 0.2 10.1 0.2 940 43.1
10.00 to <100.00 2 14.9 <0.1 90.0 1.0 10 431.9
100.00 (default) 1 100.0 <0.1 1.0 1 106.0
Subtotal 60,344 0.3 16.7 38.4 0.6 22,125 36.7

64

CCR4: IRB – CCR exposures by portfolio and PD scale (continued)
USD million, except where indicated EAD post-CRM Average PD in % Number of obligors (in thousands) Average LGD in % Average maturity in years^1^ RWA RWA density in %
Retail: other retail as of 31.12.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 7,157 0.0 12.7 29.8 **** 306 4.3
0.15 to <0.25 74 0.2 0.1 28.1 **** 9 11.5
0.25 to <0.50 189 0.3 0.1 32.8 **** 46 24.5
0.50 to <0.75 175 0.6 <0.1 30.5 **** 53 30.1
0.75 to <2.50 915 1.0 9.5 31.3 **** 293 32.1
2.50 to <10.00 32 3.9 <0.1 29.8 **** 15 46.4
10.00 to <100.00 3 14.4 <0.1 27.9 **** 2 56.9
100.00 (default) **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
Subtotal 8,546 0.2 22.7 30.1 **** 724 8.5
Retail: other retail as of 30.6.20 ****
0.00 to <0.15 7,749 0.0 13.9 29.0 307 4.0
0.15 to <0.25 309 0.2 0.2 29.4 36 11.5
0.25 to <0.50 155 0.4 0.1 30.3 38 24.4
0.50 to <0.75 198 0.6 0.1 34.7 60 30.5
0.75 to <2.50 1,212 1.0 10.5 30.3 435 35.9
2.50 to <10.00 44 3.8 0.1 31.8 22 49.8
10.00 to <100.00 9 19.9 0.1 26.3 5 61.5
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 9,677 0.2 25.0 29.3 903 9.3
Retail: other retail as of 31.12.19 ****
0.00 to <0.15 5,355 0.0 13.1 31.1 223 4.2
0.15 to <0.25 31 0.2 0.1 27.0 3 10.4
0.25 to <0.50 32 0.4 0.1 31.5 6 19.5
0.50 to <0.75 44 0.6 0.1 44.5 17 38.5
0.75 to <2.50 591 1.0 10.7 29.9 312 52.7
2.50 to <10.00 40 3.4 0.1 28.8 17 43.2
10.00 to <100.00 2 21.5 <0.1 28.9 1 70.1
100.00 (default)
Subtotal 6,095 0.2 24.1 31.1 579 9.5
Total 31.12.20 129,750 0.2 38.3 39.6 0.6^3^ 33,344 25.7
Total 30.6.20 117,863 0.3 43.7 39.7 0.5^3^ 32,715 27.8
Total 31.12.19 97,845 0.3 42.1 39.9 0.6^3^ 29,651 30.3
1 Average maturity for defaulted exposures disclosed in the<br> table is not used to calculate RWA.    2 Includes exposures to managed<br> funds.    3 Retail asset classes are excluded from the average maturity as<br> they are not subject to maturity treatment.

p

65

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semi-annual | The CCR5 table below presents a breakdown of collateral posted or received related to counterparty credit risk exposures from derivative transactions or SFTs.

Compared with 30 June 2020, the fair value of collateral received for derivatives increased by USD 3.6 billion to USD 70.3 billion, resulting from higher client activity in the Investment Bank. The fair value of collateral received for SFTs increased by USD 53.4 billion to USD 668.7 billion, primarily reflecting higher client activity in the prime brokerage business of the Investment Bank. p

Semi-annual |

CCR5: Composition of collateral for CCR exposure^1^
Collateral used in derivative transactions Collateral used in SFTs
Fair value of collateral received Fair value of posted collateral Fair value of collateral received Fair value of posted collateral
USD million Segregated^2^ Unsegregated Total Segregated^3^ Unsegregated Total
31.12.20 ****
Cash – domestic currency^4^ 2,375 20,252 22,627 1,955 11,094 13,049 27,309 70,886
Cash – other currencies^4^ **** 23,884 23,884 1,401 17,859 19,260 11,284 34,253
Sovereign debt 6,801 10,392 17,193 8,059 8,586 16,645 239,763 163,865
Other debt securities **** 2,317 2,317 503 524 1,027 81,959 33,238
Equity securities 4,241 31 4,271 2,604 3,077 5,681 308,349 185,050
Total 13,417 56,876 70,293 14,523 41,139 55,662 668,664 487,292
30.6.20 ****
Cash – domestic currency^4^ 2,150 19,145 21,295 2,468 10,045 12,513 36,710 77,581
Cash – other currencies^4^ 24,387 24,387 1,913 16,644 18,557 10,543 34,675
Sovereign debt 6,139 7,858 13,997 9,230 6,621 15,851 233,058 171,259
Other debt securities 3,318 3,318 2,442 186 2,628 79,662 35,842
Equity securities 3,662 16 3,677 2,838 1,436 4,273 255,428 150,127
Total 11,950 54,723 66,673 18,891 34,931 53,822 615,402 469,483
31.12.19 ****
Cash – domestic currency^4^ 2,369 18,398 20,767 1,179 7,736 8,915 30,621 76,209
Cash – other currencies^4^ 18,735 18,735 1,429 12,308 13,736 8,955 31,899
Sovereign debt 6,432 6,150 12,582 8,373 5,243 13,616 232,051 162,091
Other debt securities 2,231 2,231 1,643 409 2,052 78,903 28,532
Equity securities 4,391 18 4,409 4,138 180 4,317 290,369 168,088
Total 13,192 45,532 58,725 16,761 25,874 42,635 640,899 466,820
1 This table includes collateral received and posted with and without<br> the right of rehypothecation, but excludes securities placed with central<br> banks related to undrawn credit lines and for payment, clearing and<br> settlement purposes for which there were no associated liabilities or<br> contingent liabilities.    2 Includes collateral received in derivative<br> transactions, primarily initial margins, that is placed with a third-party<br> custodian and to which UBS has access only in the case of counterparty<br> default.    3 Includes collateral posted to central counterparties, where we<br> apply a 0% risk weight for trades that we have entered into on behalf of a<br> client and where the client has signed a legally enforceable agreement<br> stipulating that the default risk of that central counterparty is carried by<br> the client.    4 Cash collateral received and posted for derivatives and SFTs<br> are subject to netting recognized on the IFRS balance sheet.

p

Semi-annual | The CCR6 table below presents an overview of credit risk protection bought or sold through credit derivatives.

Compared to 30 June 2020, notionals for credit derivatives increased by USD 19.2 billion for protection bought and by USD 18.5 billion for protection sold, primarily in Single-name credit default swaps and Index credit default swaps, mostly driven by higher client activity. p

Semi-annual |

CCR6: Credit derivatives exposures
**** 31.12.20 30.6.20 31.12.19
USD million Protection bought Protection<br><br> <br>sold Protection bought Protection<br><br> <br>sold Protection bought Protection<br><br> <br>sold
Notionals^1^
Single-name credit default swaps 42,073 46,350 35,166 36,020 37,578 38,687
Index credit default swaps 49,311 40,022 36,635 31,782 32,426 27,887
Total return swaps 3,128 1,344 2,133 901 3,692 1,606
Credit options 2,045 61 3,436 556 3,757 56
Total notionals 96,556 87,777 77,370 69,260 77,452 68,236
Fair values **** ****
Positive fair value (asset) 535 1,839 1,081 878 682 1,338
Negative fair value (liability) 2,256 682 1,408 1,295 2,050 916
1 Includes notional amounts for client-cleared transactions.

p

66

Counterparty credit risk risk-weighted assets

Quarterly | The CCR7 table below presents a flow statement explaining changes in counterparty credit risk RWA determined under the internal model method (IMM) for derivatives and the value-at-risk (VaR) approach for SFTs.

CCR RWA on derivatives under the IMM increased by USD 1.0 billion to USD 19.4 billion during the fourth quarter of 2020, primarily due to asset size movements in the Investment Bank mainly as a result of higher client activity, as well as foreign currency exchange movements due to the depreciation of

the US dollar. This was partly offset by lower RWA from asset quality movements, mainly due to risk management activity in the Investment Bank. CCR RWA on SFTs under the VaR approach increased by USD 0.8 billion to USD 8.4 billion during the fourth quarter of 2020, primarily driven by asset size movements due to increased trading activity.

For definitions of CCR RWA movement table components, refer to “Definitions of credit risk and counterparty credit risk RWA movement table components for CR8 and CCR7” in the “Credit risk” section on page 48 of this report. p

Quarterly |

CCR7: RWA flow statements of CCR<br> exposures under internal model method (IMM) and value-at-risk (VaR)
For the quarter ended 31.12.20 For the quarter ended 30.9.20 For the quarter ended 30.6.20 For the quarter ended 31.3.20
million Derivatives SFTs Total Derivatives SFTs Total Derivatives SFTs Total Derivatives SFTs Total
Subject to IMM Subject to VaR **** Subject to IMM Subject to VaR Subject to IMM Subject to VaR Subject to IMM Subject to VaR
1 18,394 7,607 26,001 19,284 8,055 27,339 20,582 6,663 27,245 20,275 5,502 25,777
2 1,539 622 2,161 880 (4) 877 (1,878) 922 (956) 1,091 1,421 2,511
3 (476) 135 (342) (1,913) 108 (1,805) (167) 10 (157) (434) (180) (614)
4 (225) (130) (355) (99) (666) (765) 310 400 710 (133) (133)
5 (154) **** (154) (60) (60)
5a (250) **** (250)
6 **** **** ****
7 302 153 456 241 113 354 206 60 267 (217) (79) (296)
8 **** **** **** 290 290
9 19,380 8,386 27,767 18,394 7,607 26,001 19,284 8,055 27,339 20,582 6,663 27,245

All values are in US Dollars.

p

67

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semi-annual | The CCR8 table below presents a breakdown of exposures to central counterparties and related RWA. Compared with 30 June 2020, QCCP exposures related to exchange-traded derivatives decreased by USD 5.3 billion, primarily driven by lower exposures in the Investment Bank. QCCP exposures related to securities financing transactions decreased by USD 4.9 billion, mainly due to a decrease in bond repo trades. p

CCR8: Exposures to central<br> counterparties
31.12.20 30.6.20
million EAD (post-CRM) RWA EAD (post-CRM) RWA
1 54,507 1,431 62,167 1,264
2 24,531 258 34,584 401
3 1,614 29 1,420 27
4 17,126 113 22,470 160
5 5,792 116 10,694 214
6 **** ****
7 **** ****
8 28,023 248 25,665 237
9 1,953 925 1,917 625
10 **** ****
11 478 622 158 153
12 143 143 135 51
13 1 1 0 0
14 65 65 4 3
15 77 77 131 49
16 **** ****
17 **** ****
18 322 322 16 12
19 6 73 7 89
20 7 84
1 A qualifying central counterparty (QCCP) is an entity licensed<br> by the regulator to operate as a CCP.    2 Exposures associated with initial<br> margin, where the exposures are measured under the IMM or the VaR approach,<br> have been included within the exposures for trades (refer to line 2 for QCCPs<br> and line 12 for non-QCCPs). The exposures for non-segregated initial margin<br> (refer to line 8 for QCCPs and line 18 for non-QCCPs), i.e., not<br> bankruptcy-remote in accordance with FINMA Circular 2017/7, reflect the<br> replacement costs under SA-CCR multiplied by an alpha factor of 1.4. The RWA<br> reflect the exposure multiplied by the applied risk weight of derivatives.<br> Under SA-CCR, collateral posted to a segregated, bankruptcy-remote account does<br> not increase the value of replacement costs.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

68

Section 6  Comparison of A-IRB approach and standardized approachfor credit risk

Background

Annual | In accordance with current prudential regulations, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) has approved our use of the advanced internal ratings-based (A-IRB) approach for calculating the required capital for the majority of our credit risk exposures.

The principal differences between the standardized approach (the SA) and the A-IRB approach identified below are based on the current SA rules without consideration of the material revisions announced by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) in December 2017.

We believe advanced approaches that adequately capture economic risks are paramount for the appropriate representation of the capital requirements related to risk-taking activities. Within a strong risk control framework, in combination with robust stress testing practices, strict risk limits, as well as leverage and liquidity requirements, advanced approaches promote a proactive risk culture, setting the right incentives to prudently manage risks.

Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for information about FINMA-defined asset classes. p

Key methodological differences between the A-IRB approach and current SA

Annual | In line with the BCBS objectives, the A-IRB approach aims to balance the maintaining of prudent levels of capital while encouraging, where appropriate, the use of advanced risk management techniques. By design, the calibration of the current SA and the A-IRB approach is such that low-risk, short-maturity, well-collateralized portfolios across the various asset classes (with the exception of Central governments and central banks) receive lower risk weights under the A-IRB than under the current SA rules. Accordingly, risk-weighted assets (RWA) and capital requirements under the current SA would be substantially higher than under the A-IRB approach for lower-risk portfolios. Conversely, RWA for higher-risk portfolios are higher under the A-IRB approach than under the current SA.

Methodological differences primarily arise due to the measurement of exposure at default (EAD) and the risk weights applied. In both cases, the treatment of risk mitigation, such as collateral, can have a significant effect.

EAD measurement

For the measurement of EAD, the main methodological differences relate to derivatives, driven by the differences between the internal model method (IMM) and the regulatory-prescribed standardized approach for counterparty credit risk (SA-CCR).

The model-based approaches to derive estimates of EAD for derivatives and securities financing transactions (SFTs) reflect the detailed characteristics of individual transactions. They model the range of possible exposure outcomes across all transactions within the same legally enforceable netting set at various future time points. The modeling assesses the net amount that may be owed to us or that we may owe to others, taking into account the effect of correlated market moves over the potential time it may take to close out a position. The calculation considers current market conditions and is therefore sensitive to deteriorations in the market environment.

In contrast, EAD under the regulatory-prescribed rules is calculated as replacement costs at the balance sheet date plus regulatory add-ons, which take into account potential future market movements but at predetermined fixed rates, not sensitive to changes in market conditions. These add-ons are crudely differentiated by reference to only five product types and three maturity buckets. Moreover, the current regulatory-prescribed rules calculation gives very limited recognition to the benefits of diversification across transactions covered under the same legally enforceable netting agreement. As a result, large diversified portfolios, such as those arising from our activities with other market-making banks, will generate much higher EAD under the current regulatory-prescribed rules than under our internal model-based approaches.

Risk weights

Under the A-IRB approach, risk weights are assigned according to the firm’s internal credit assessment of the counterparty to determine the probability of default (PD) and loss given default (LGD).

PD is an estimate of the likelihood of a counterparty defaulting on its contractual obligations over the next 12 months. It is assessed using rating tools tailored to the various categories of counterparties. Statistically developed scorecards, based on key attributes of the obligor, are used to determine PD for many of our corporate clients and for loans secured by real estate. Where available, market data may also be used to derive the PD for large corporate counterparties. For low-default portfolios, we take into account, where available, relevant external default data in the rating tool development. For Lombard loans, Merton-type historical return-based model simulations taking into account potential changes in the value of securities collateral are used in our rating approach. PD is not only an integral part of the credit risk measurement, but also an important input for determining the level of credit approval required for any given transaction. Moreover, for the purpose of capital underpinning, the majority of counterparty PDs are subject to a floor.

69

UBS Group AG consolidated

LGD is the magnitude of the likely loss if there is a default. The calculation takes into account the loss of principal, interest and other amounts, such as workout costs, including the cost of carrying an impaired position during the workout process, less recovered amounts. Importantly, LGD considers the likely recovery rate of claims against defaulted counterparties, which depends on the type of counterparty and any credit mitigation by way of collateral or guarantees, with our estimates being supported by our internal historical loss data and external information where available.

The combination of PD and LGD determined at the counter-party level results in a highly granular level of differentiation of the economic risk from different borrowers and transactions.

In contrast, SA risk weights are largely reliant on external rating agencies’ assessments of the credit quality of the counterparty, with a 100% risk weight typically being applied where no external rating is available. Even where external ratings are available, there is only a coarse granularity of risk weights, with only four primary risk weights used for differentiating counterparties, with the addition of a 0% risk weight for AA– or better rated central governments and central banks. Risk weights of 35%, 75% and 100% are used for mortgages and retail exposures not in default, respectively.

The SA does not differentiate across transaction maturities except for exposures to banks, albeit in a very simplistic manner considering transactions only shorter or longer than three months. This has clear limitations: for example, the economic risk of a six-month loan to a BB-rated US corporation is significantly different to that of a 10-year loan to the same borrower. This difference is evident from the distinction of PD levels based on ratings assigned by external rating agencies through their separate ratings for short-term and long-term debt for a given issuer.

The SA typically assigns lower risk weights to sub-investment grade counterparties than the A-IRB approach, thereby potentially understating the economic risk. Conversely, investment grade counterparties typically receive higher risk weights under the SA than under the A-IRB approach.

Maturity is also an important factor for all asset classes except Retail, with the A-IRB approach producing a higher capital requirement for longer-maturity exposures than for shorter-maturity exposures.

Additionally, under the A-IRB approach we calculate expected loss measures that are deducted from common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital to the extent that they exceed general provisions, which is not the case under the SA.

Given the divergence between the SA and the economic risk, which is better represented under the A-IRB approach, particularly for lower-grade counterparties, there is a risk that applying the SA could incentivize higher risk-taking without a commensurate increase in required capital. p

Comparison of the A-IRB approach EAD and leverage ratio denominator by asset class

Annual | The following table shows EAD, average risk weight, RWA and leverage ratio denominator (LRD) for the asset classes Central governments and central banks; Public-sector entities; Multi-lateral development banks; Banks and securities dealers; Corporates; and Retail credit risk and counterparty credit risk exposures subject to the A-IRB approach. LRD is the exposure measure used for the leverage ratio.

LRD estimates presented in the table reflect the credit risk and counterparty credit risk components of exposures only and are therefore not representative of the LRD requirement at UBS level overall. The LRD estimates exclude exposures subject to market risk, non-counterparty-related risk and SA credit risk to provide a like-for-like comparison with the A-IRB credit risk EAD disclosed below. p

Annual |

Comparison of A-IRB approach EAD and leverage ratio denominator by asset class
31.12.20 A-IRB, credit and counterparty credit risk LRD
in USD billion, except where indicated Net EAD Average RW % RWA
Central governments and central banks 219 2 4 227
Multi-lateral development banks 5 3 0 5
Public-sector entities 9 15 1 10
Banks and securities dealers 43 31 13 63
Corporates 168 44 74 234
Retail 373 13 49 326
of which: Residential mortgages 167 29 49 172
of which: Lombard lending 204 7 14 148
Total 816 17 142 865

p

70

Comparison of the A-IRB approach, the SA and LRD by asset class

Annual | The differences between the A-IRB approach, the SA and LRD per asset class are discussed below and on the following pages.

Central governments and central banks, Public-sectorentities, and Multi-lateral development banks

The regulatory net EAD for Central governments and central banks, Public-sector entities, and Multi-lateral development banks as of 31 December 2020 was USD 232 billion under the A-IRB approach. Since the vast majority of our exposure is driven by exposures to banking products, the LRD is broadly in line with the A-IRB net EAD and we would expect a similar amount under the SA.

The charts on this page provide comparisons of risk weights for exposures to the asset class Central governments and central banks and the sub-asset classes (i) highly rated Multi-lateral development banks as well as (ii) other Multi-lateral development banks and Public-sector entities calculated under the A-IRB approach and the SA. Risk weights under the A-IRB approach are shown for one-year and five-year maturities, both assuming an LGD of 45%. Our internal A-IRB ratings have been mapped to external ratings based on the long-term average of one-year default rates available from the major credit rating agencies, as described on page 117 of our Annual Report 2020.

The SA assigns a zero risk weight to central governments and central banks rated AA– and better, as well as to highly rated Multi-lateral development bank counterparties, while the A-IRB approach generally assigns risk weights higher than zero to even the highest-quality sovereign counterparties.

For other Multi-lateral development bank and Public-sector entity counterparties rated AA– and better, the risk weight applied under the SA is 20%.

Despite the zero risk weights under the SA for central governments and central banks rated AA– and better, and for highly rated Multi-lateral development bank counterparties, we would expect an increase in average risk weight under the SA. Counterparties contributing to higher risk weights under the SA include sovereign wealth funds, which attract a 100% risk weight despite being generally considered very low risk, and short-term repurchase agreement transactions with central banks rated below AA–.

However, as asset class is not a significant driver of RWA, we would expect any resulting RWA increase to be relatively small.

Banks andsecurities dealers

The regulatory net EAD for the asset class Banks and securities dealers as of 31 December 2020 was USD 43 billion under the A-IRB approach. The A-IRB net EAD is lower than the LRD, as a result of collateral mitigation on derivatives and SFTs. We would expect the net EAD to increase under the SA, related to derivatives and SFTs within the Investment Bank, due to the aforementioned methodological differences between the calculation of EAD under the two approaches.

The chart below provides a comparison of risk weights for Banks and securities dealers exposures calculated under the A‑IRB approach and the SA.

****

71

UBS Group AG consolidated

The vast majority of our exposure with Banks and securities dealers is of investment grade quality. The average contractual maturity of this exposure is closer to the one-year example provided in the chart on the prior page. Therefore, we would expect a higher average risk weight under the SA than the 25% average risk weight under the A-IRB approach. In combination with higher EAD, we would expect this to lead to significantly higher RWA for Banks and securities dealers under the SA.

Corporates

The regulatory net EAD for the Corporates asset class as of 31 December 2020 was USD 168 billion under the A-IRB approach. The A-IRB net EAD is lower than the LRD, as a result of collateral mitigation on derivatives and SFTs. We would expect the EAD to be higher under the regulatory-prescribed rules related to derivatives and SFTs, due to the aforementioned methodological differences between the calculation of EAD under the two approaches. Derivatives and SFTs account for 45% of the EAD for this asset class as of 31 December 2020.

The following chart provides a comparison of risk weights for Corporates exposures calculated under the A-IRB approach and the SA. These exposures primarily arise from corporate lending and derivatives trading within the Investment Bank, and lending to large corporate clients and small and medium-sized entities (SMEs) in Switzerland. The comparison does not include the FINMA-required multiplier applied to the Investment Bank’s Corporates exposures under the A-IRB approach.

Investment grade counterparties typically receive higher risk weights under the SA than under the A-IRB approach. The majority of our Corporates exposures fall into this category. We would therefore expect risk weights for Corporates to be generally higher under the SA.

In addition, SA risk weights rely on external ratings, with a default weighting of 100% being applied where no external rating is available. Typically, counterparties with no external rating are riskier and thus have higher risk weights under the A-IRB approach. However, managed funds, which comprise nearly one-third of our Corporates EAD, typically have no debt and are therefore unrated. The SA applies a 100% risk weight to exposures to such funds. Under A-IRB, these funds are considered very low risk and as of 31 December 2020 had an average risk weight of 21%. We believe the SA significantly overstates the associated risk.

Conversely, for certain exposures we consider the risk weight of 100% under the SA resulting from the absence of an external rating as insufficient, as evident from the hypothetical leveraged finance counterparty example in the table below. p

Annual | **** Comparison of riskweights as a function of internal rating assessment

The table assumes two counterparties without external rating assignments.

Interest payment coverage (EBITDA / total interest payments) Total debt /  EBITDA Debt / assets Liquidity (fraction of assets that are liquid) Internal rating assessment Exposure maturity A-IRB risk weight range SA risk weight
Managed funds NA NA 0 100% AAA–A < 1Y 10–20% 100%
Leveraged <br><br> finance<br><br> counterparty < 2 > 2.5 > 50% 0% BB–C > 5Y 100–250% 100%

p

72

Retail

Residential mortgages

The regulatory net EAD for the sub-asset class Residential mortgages as of 31 December 2020 was USD 167 billion under the A-IRB approach. Since the vast majority of our exposures is driven by banking products, the LRD is broadly in line with the A-IRB net EAD and we would expect a similar amount under the SA.

Due to the size of our personal and corporate banking business in Switzerland, our domestic portfolios represent a significant portion of our overall lending exposures, with the largest being loans secured by residential properties. Our internal models assign risk weights to such loans by considering the debt service capacity of borrowers and the availability of other collateral, among other factors. These are important considerations for the Swiss market, where there is legal recourse to the borrower.

In contrast, and different to the assignment of risk weights for the aforementioned asset classes, the SA is less complex and only differentiates the risk weights based on loan-to-value (LTV) ranges, as shown in the chart below.

****

The vast majority of our exposures would attract the minimum 35% risk weight under the SA, compared with an average of 20% as of 31 December 2020 observed under the A‑IRB approach.

The difference is largely due to the current SA rules not providing benefit to the portion of exposures with an LTV below 67%. The vast majority of exposures fall within this category, as shown in the “Swiss mortgages: distribution of net exposure at default (EAD) across exposure segments and loan-to-value (LTV) buckets” table on page 110 of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

Lombard lending

Annual | The regulatory net EAD for the Lombard loans sub-asset class as of 31 December 2020 was USD 204 billion under the A‑IRB approach, and mainly arises in our wealth management business.

Eligible collateral is more limited under the SA than under A‑IRB. However, the haircuts applied to collateral under the A‑IRB approach are generally greater than those prescribed under the SA. Given this, we would expect the overall effect of applying current SA rules to be limited for this portfolio. p

73

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 7  Securitizations

SECA – Introduction

Annual | This section provides details of traditional and synthetic securitization exposures in the banking and trading book based on the Basel III securitization framework.

In a traditional securitization, a pool of loans (or other debt obligations) is transferred to structured entities that have been established to own the loan pool and to issue tranched securities to third-party investors referencing this pool of loans. In a synthetic securitization, legal ownership of securitized pools of assets is typically retained but associated credit risk is transferred to structured entities, commonly through guarantees, credit derivatives or credit-linked notes. Hybrid structures with a mix of traditional and synthetic features are disclosed as synthetic securitizations.

We act in different roles in securitization transactions. As originator, we create or purchase financial assets, which are then securitized in traditional or synthetic securitization transactions, enabling us to transfer significant risk to third-party investors. As sponsor, we manage, provide financing for or advise on securitization programs. In line with the Basel III framework, sponsoring includes underwriting activities. In all other cases we act as an investor, by taking securitization positions. p

SECA – Objectives, roles andinvolvement

Securitization in the banking book

Annual | Securitization positions held in the banking book include legacy risk positions in Non-core and Legacy Portfolio within Group Functions. In 2020, for the majority of securitization carrying amounts on the balance sheet, we acted as an originator or investor. Securitization and re-securitization positions in the banking book are measured at fair value, reflecting market prices where available, or based on our internal pricing models. p

Securitization in the trading book

Annual | Securitizations held in the trading book are part of trading activities, including market-making and client facilitation, that could result in retention of certain securitization positions as an investor, including those we may have originated or sponsored. In the trading book, securitization and re-securitization positions are measured at fair value, reflecting market prices where available, or based on our internal pricing models. p

Type of structured entities and affiliated entities involved in securitization transactions

Annual | For securitization transactions, the type of structured entities or special purpose vehicles employed is selected as appropriate based on the type of transaction undertaken. Examples include limited liability companies, common law trusts and depositor entities.

Refer to “Note 28 Interests in subsidiaries and other entities” on pages 390–395 of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors, for further information about interests in structured entities. p

Managing and monitoring of the credit and market risk of securitization positions

Annual | The banking book securitization and re-securitization portfolio is subject to specific risk monitoring, which may include interest rate and credit spread sensitivity analysis, as well as inclusion in firm-wide earnings-at-risk, capital-at-risk and combined stress test metrics.

The trading book securitization positions are also subject to multiple risk limits, such as management value-at-risk (VaR) and stress limits, as well as market value limits. As part of managing risks within predefined risk limits, traders may utilize hedging and risk mitigation strategies. Hedging may, however, expose us to basis risks, as the hedging instrument and the position being hedged may not always move in parallel. Such basis risks are managed within the overall limits. Any retained securitization from origination activities and any purchased securitization positions are governed by risk limits together with any other trading positions. Legacy trading book securitization exposure is subject to the same management VaR limit framework. Additionally, risk limits are used to control the unwinding, novation and asset sales process on an ongoing basis. p

Accounting policies

Annual | **** Refer to “Consolidation” on page 288 in “Note 1 Summary of significant accounting policies” in the “Consolidated financial statements” section of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors, for information about accounting policies that relate to securitization activities. **** p


74

Regulatory capital treatment of securitization exposures

Annual | In line with the revised securitization framework for banking book securitization exposures, we apply the following approaches to calculate the associated risk-weighted assets (RWA):

–   we use external ratings (external ratings-based approach (SEC-ERBA)), if available, from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings for securitization exposures, provided that we are able to demonstrate our expertise in both critically challenging and reviewing the external ratings; or

–   if we cannot apply the ERBA method, we apply the standardized approach (SEC-SA) where the delinquency status of a significant portion of the underlying exposure can be determined or a risk weight of 1,250%. Re-securitization positions are either treated under the standardized approach or with a 1,250% risk weight.

The selection of the external credit assessment institutions (ECAIs) is based on the primary rating agency concept. This concept is applied, in principle, to avoid having the credit assessment by one ECAI applied to one or more tranches and by another ECAI to the other tranches, unless this is the result of the application of the specific rules for multiple assessments. If any two of the aforementioned rating agencies have issued a rating for a particular exposure, we apply the lower of the two credit ratings. If all three rating agencies have issued a rating for a particular exposure, we apply the middle of the three credit ratings. As of 31 December 2020, UBS did not use internal ratings for the purpose of the RWA calculation for securitization positions in the banking book. p


Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book

Semi-annual | Due to the current immaterial business volumes and declining trend of total securitization exposures over the past years, we have condensed the following semi-annual Pillar 3 disclosures into one single tabular disclosure on the following page titled ”Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and regulatory capital requirements” as of the second quarter of 2020:

–   ”SEC1 – Securitization exposures in the banking book”;

–   ”SEC2 – Securitization exposures in the trading book”;

–   ”SEC3 – Securitization exposures in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements – bank acting as originator or as sponsor”; and

–   ”SEC4 – Securitization exposures in the banking book and associated regulatory capital requirements – bank acting as investor.”

The new table outlines the carrying values on the balance sheet in the banking and trading books as of 31 December 2020, 30 June 2020, and 31 December 2019. Additionally, the table provides the market risk RWA from securitization and the capital charge after application of the revised securitization framework caps.

Development of securitization exposures in the second half of 2020

In comparison with 30 June 2020, securitization exposures in the banking book decreased from USD 176 million to USD 148 million, mainly reflecting the amortization of exposure. The securitization exposures in the trading book decreased from USD 334 million to USD 257 million, mainly related to secondary trading in commercial mortgage-backed securities in the Investment Bank. p

75

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semi-annual |

Securitization exposures in the banking and trading book and associated regulatory capital requirements
USD million Carrying Value RWA Total Capital Charge after cap
31.12.20
Asset Classes – Banking Book^1^
Retail 36 246 20
Wholesale 112 68 5
Re-securitization 0 0 0
Total Banking Book 148 314 25
Asset Classes – Trading Book
Retail 18 163 13
Wholesale 224 270 22
Re-securitization 14 23 2
Total Trading Book 257 456 37
Total 405 771 62
30.6.20
Asset Classes – Banking Book^1^
Retail 78 534 43
Wholesale 98 64 5
Re-securitization 0 0 0
Total Banking Book 176 598 48
Asset Classes – Trading Book
Retail 19 180 15
Wholesale 303 174 14
Re-securitization 12 16 1
Total Trading Book 334 370 30
Total 510 968 78
31.12.19
Asset Classes – Banking Book^1^
Retail 82 564 45
Wholesale 106 69 6
Re-securitization 0 0 0
Total Banking Book 188 633 51
Asset Classes – Trading Book
Retail 23 199 16
Wholesale 316 201 16
Re-securitization 13 19 2
Total Trading Book 352 419 34
Total 540 1,052 85
1 Of the securitization exposures in the banking book, 76% carry<br> a risk weighting of up to 100% as of 31 December 2020 (30 June 2020: 56%).

p

76

Section 8  Market risk

Overview

**Semi-annual |**The amount of capital required to underpin market risk in the regulatory trading book is calculated using a variety of methods approved by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA). The components contributing to market risk risk-weighted assets (RWA) are value-at-risk (VaR), stressed value-at-risk (SVaR), an add-on for risks that are potentially not fully modeled in VaR (risks not in VaR, or RniV), the incremental risk charge (IRC) and the securitization framework for securitization positions in the trading book. More information about each of these components is provided on the following pages. p

The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures separately provided in our Annual Report 2020.

Annual |

MRA – Market risk
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
Strategies and processes of the bank for market risk Risk management and control –<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>– Risk appetite framework<br><br> <br>Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and<br><br> <br>management techniques<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Market risk stress loss, Value-at-risk 97–100<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>124<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>125–128
Consolidated financial statements – Note 10 Derivative instruments 320–321
Structure and organization of the market risk management<br> function Risk management and control –<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>– Key risks, risk measures and performance by business division<br> and Group Functions<br><br> <br>Risk governance 92<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>95–96
Scope and nature of risk reporting and measurement systems Risk management and control –<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>– Internal risk reporting<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Main sources of market risk, Overview of measurement, monitoring<br> and management techniques 101<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>124

p

77

UBS Group AG consolidated

Market risk risk-weighted assets

Market risk RWA development in the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly | The three main components that contribute to market risk RWA are VaR, SVaR and IRC. The VaR and SVaR components include the RWA charge for RniV.

The MR2 table on the next page provides a breakdown of the movement in market risk RWA in the fourth quarter of 2020 under an internal models approach across those components, pursuant to the movement categories defined by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS). These categories are described below. p

Definitions of market risk RWAmovement table components for MR2

References in the table below link to the line numbers provided in the movement table on the next page.

Reference Description Definition
1/8c RWA as of previous and current reporting period end (end of period) Quarter-end RWA.
1a/8b Regulatory adjustment Indicates the difference between rows 1 and 1b, and<br> 8c and 8a, respectively.
1b/8a RWA at previous and current quarter end (end<br><br> <br>of day) For<br> a given component (e.g., VaR), this refers to the RWA computed whenever that<br> component’s snapshot quarter-end figure is higher than the 60-day average for<br> regulatory VaR, and the 12-week average for SVaR and IRC, thus determining<br> the quarter-end RWA. The regulatory adjustment would be zero if the<br> quarter-end RWA were triggered by the snapshot quarter-end figure.
Movement of end-of-day RWA
2 Movement in risk levels Movements due to changes in positions and risk<br> levels.
3 Model updates / changes Movements due to routine updates to model parameters<br> and model changes.
4 Methodology and policy Movements due to methodological changes in<br> calculations driven by regulatory policy changes, including revisions of<br> existing regulations, new regulations and add-ons mandated by the regulator.
5 Acquisitions and disposals Movements due to the disposal or acquisition of<br> business operations, quantified based on the market risk exposures at the end<br> of the quarter preceding a disposal or following an acquisition. Purchases<br> and sales of exposures in the ordinary course of business are reflected in “Movements<br> in risk levels.”
6 Foreign exchange movements Movements due to changes in exchange rates. Note that<br> the effect of movements in exchange rates is captured in “Movement in risk<br> levels,” since exchange rate movements are part of the effects of market<br> movements on risk levels.
7 Other Movements due to changes that cannot be attributed to<br> any other category.

RWA flow

Quarterly | Market risk RWA increased by USD 1.2 billion to USD 11.4 billion in the fourth quarter of 2020, driven primarily by an increase in asset size and other movements in the Investment Bank’s Global Markets business. This increase in turn was driven by higher stressed VaR (SVaR) levels, due to the portfolio being in the 2019–2020 one-year look-back SVaR window for most of the fourth quarter of 2020. As a result, the SVaR window included COVID-19-period shocks, leading to very high credit shocks being applied against the long credit inventory.

The VaR multiplier remained unchanged compared with the prior quarter, at 3.0. p

78

Quarterly |

MR2: RWA flow statements of<br> market risk exposures under an internal models approach1
million VaR Stressed VaR IRC CRM Other Total RWA
1 901 4,012 1,224 **** **** 6,137
1a (382) (2,500) (2,882)
1b 519 1,512 1,224 3,255
2 1,410 1,981 (368) 3,023
3 866 (723) 98 241
4
5
6
7 (256) (217) (473)
8a 2,539 2,552 954 6,045
8b 1,247 7,052 304 8,602
8c 3,786 9,604 1,258 **** **** 14,647
1 3,786 9,604 1,258 **** **** 14,647
1a (1,247) (7,052) (304) (8,602)
1b 2,539 2,552 954 6,045
2 (1,604) (1,110) 417 (2,298)
3 702 1,234 1,937
4 (378) (618) (995)
5
6
7 608 880 1,488
8a 1,868 2,939 1,371 6,177
8b 2,281 5,401 7,682
8c 4,149 8,339 1,371 **** **** 13,859
1 4,149 8,339 1,371 **** **** 13,859
1a (2,281) (5,401) (7,682)
1b 1,868 2,939 1,371 6,177
2 (1,066) (517) 208 (1,374)
3 33 162 171 366
4
5
6
7 (288) (929) (1,217)
8a 547 1,655 1,749 3,952
8b 2,253 4,027 6,280
8c 2,800 5,682 1,749 **** **** 10,232
1 2,800 5,682 1,749 **** **** 10,232
1a (2,253) (4,027) **** **** **** (6,280)
1b 547 1,655 1,749 **** **** 3,952
2 269 1,527 209 **** **** 2,005
3 (18) (159) **** **** **** (176)
4 **** **** **** **** **** ****
5 **** **** **** **** **** ****
6 **** **** **** **** **** ****
7 39 200 **** **** **** 239
8a 838 3,223 1,958 **** **** 6,019
8b 1,332 4,034 **** **** **** 5,366
8c 2,170 7,257 1,958 **** **** 11,385
1 Components that describe movements in RWA are presented in<br> italics.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

79

UBS Group AG consolidated

Securitization positions in the trading book

Semi-annual |

Our exposure to securitization positions in the trading book includes exposures arising from secondary trading in commercial mortgage-backed securities in the Investment Bank, and limited positions in the Non-core and Legacy Portfolio within Group Functions that we continue to wind down.

Securitization exposures in the trading book is the only relevant disclosure component of market risk under the standardized approach. Our market risk RWA from securitization exposures in the trading book increased from USD 370 million as of 30 June 2020 to USD 456 million as of 31 December 2020. p

›    Refer to the “Securitizations” section of this report for moreinformation about the securitization exposures in the trading book

Annual | The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures separately provided in our Annual Report 2020. p

Annual |

MRB – Internal models approach
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
Description of activities and risks covered by the VaR models<br> and stressed VaR models Risk management and control – Value-at-risk 125–128
– Main sources of market risk 124
VaR models applied by different entities within the Group Risk management and control – Main sources of market risk 124
– Value-at-risk 125–128
General description of VaR and stressed VaR models Risk management and control – Value-at-risk 125–128
Main differences between the VaR and stressed VaR models used<br> for management purposes and for regulatory purposes Risk management and control – Value-at-risk 125–128
Further information on VaR models Risk management and control –<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>–<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>– Value-at-risk<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Market risk stress loss<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>Market risk – Overview of measurement, monitoring and management<br> techniques 125–128<br><br> <br>125<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>124
Consolidated financial statements – Note 21 Fair value measurement 348–363
Description of stress testing applied to modeling parameters Consolidated financial statements – Note 21 Fair value measurement 348–363
Description of backtesting approach Risk management and control –<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>– Backtesting of VaR<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>VaR model confirmation 127–128<br><br> <br><br><br> <br>128

p

80

Regulatory calculation of marketrisk

Semi-annual | The MR3 table below shows minimum, maximum, average and period-end regulatory VaR, SVaR, the IRC and the comprehensive risk capital charge. Since the second quarter of 2019, we have not held eligible correlation trading positions.

During the second half of 2020, 10-day 99% regulatory VaR and SVaR decreased, driven by the Investment Bank’s Global Markets business from less volatile markets observed during the period. p

Semi-annual |

MR3: IMA values for trading<br> portfolios
For the six-month period ended 31.12.20 For the six-month period ended 30.6.20 For the six-month period ended 31.12.19
million
1 76 139 78
2 34 46 19
3 15 5 0
4 37 56 16
****
5 190 261 96
6 88 100 51
7 39 36 22
8 138 86 45
****
9 158 127 139
10 126 94 104
11 100 63 76
12 157 110 98
****
13 ****
14 ****
15 ****
16 ****
17 ****

All values are in US Dollars.

p

81

UBS Group AG consolidated

Value-at-risk

VaR definition

Annual | VaR is a statistical measure of market risk, representing the market risk losses that could potentially be realized over a set time horizon (the holding period) at an established level of confidence. The measure assumes no change in the Group’s trading positions over the set time horizon.

We calculate VaR on a daily basis. The profit or loss distribution from which VaR is derived is generated by our internally developed VaR model. The VaR model simulates returns over the holding period of those risk factors to which our trading positions are sensitive, and subsequently quantifies the profit or loss effect of these risk factor returns on the trading positions. Risk factor returns associated with the risk factor classes of general interest rates, foreign exchange and commodities are based on a pure historical simulation approach, taking into account a five-year look-back window. Risk factor returns for selected issuer-based risk factors, such as equity price and credit spreads, are decomposed into systematic and residual issuer-specific components using a factor model approach. Systematic returns are based on historical simulation, and residual returns are based on a Monte Carlo simulation. The VaR model profit and loss distribution is derived from the sum of the systematic and residual returns in such a way that we consistently capture systematic and residual risk. Correlations among risk factors are implicitly captured via the historical simulation approach. In modeling the risk factor returns, we consider the stationarity properties of the historical time series of risk factor changes. Depending on the stationarity properties of the risk factors within a given risk factor class, we choose to model the risk factor returns using absolute returns or logarithmic returns. The risk factor return distributions are updated on a fortnightly basis.

Although our VaR model does not have full revaluation capability, we source full revaluation grids and sensitivities from our front-office systems, enabling us to capture material non-linear profit or loss effects.

We use a single VaR model for both internal management purposes and determining market risk RWA, although we consider different confidence levels and time horizons. For internal management purposes, we establish risk limits and measure exposures using VaR at the 95% confidence level with a one-day holding period, aligned to the way we consider the risks associated with our trading activities. The regulatory measure of market risk used to underpin the market risk capital requirement under Basel III requires a measure equivalent to a 99% confidence level using a 10-day holding period. In the calculation of a 10-day holding period VaR, we employ 10-day risk factor returns, whereby all observations are equally weighted.

Additionally, the population of the portfolio within management and regulatory VaR is slightly different. The population within regulatory VaR meets regulatory requirements for inclusion in regulatory VaR. Management VaR includes a broader population of positions: for example, regulatory VaR excludes the credit spread risks from the securitization portfolio, which are treated instead under the securitization approach for regulatory purposes.

We also use SVaR for the calculation of regulatory capital. SVaR adopts broadly the same methodology as regulatory VaR and is calculated using the same population, holding period (10-day) and confidence level (99%). However, unlike regulatory VaR, the historical data set for SVaR is not limited to five years, but spans the time period from 1 January 2007 to present. In deriving SVaR, we search for the largest 10-day holding period VaR for the current portfolio of the Group across all one-year look-back windows that fall into the interval from 1 January 2007 to present. SVaR is computed weekly. p

Derivation of VaR- and SVaR-based RWA

Annual | VaR and SVaR are used to derive the VaR and SVaR components of the market risk Basel III RWA. This calculation takes the maximum of the respective period-end VaR measure and the product of the average VaR measure for the 60 trading days immediately preceding the period end and a VaR multiplier set by FINMA. The VaR multiplier, which was 3.0 as of 31 December 2020, is dependent upon the number of VaR backtesting exceptions within a 250-business-day window. When the number of exceptions is greater than four, the multiplier increases gradually from three to a maximum of four if 10 or more backtesting exceptions occur. This is then multiplied by a risk weight factor of 1,250% to determine RWA. This calculation is set out in the table below.

In the second quarter of 2020, a temporary model multiplier of 1.3 introduced by FINMA in 2016 was removed. p

Annual |

Calculation of VaR- and SVaR-based RWA as of 31 December 2020
USD million Period-end VaR<br><br> <br>(A) 60-day average VaR<br><br> <br>(B) VaR multiplier<br><br> <br>(C) Max. (A, B x C)<br><br> <br>(D) Risk weight factor<br><br> <br>(E) Basel III RWA<br><br> <br>(D x E)
VaR (10-day 99%) 37 32 3.00 97 1,250% 1,209
Stressed VaR (10-day 99%) 138 106 3.00 319 1,250% 3,990

p

82

MR4:Comparison of VaR estimates with gains/losses

Semi-annual | VaR backtesting is a performance measurement process in which the 1-day VaR prediction is compared with the realized 1-day profit or loss (P&L). We compute backtesting VaR using a 99% confidence level and one-day holding period for the population included within regulatory VaR. Since 99% VaR at UBS is defined as a risk measure that operates on the lower tail of the P&L distribution, 99% backtesting VaR is a negative number. Backtesting revenues exclude non-trading revenues, such as valuation reserves, fees and commissions, and revenues from intraday trading, so as to provide a like-for-like comparison. A backtesting exception occurs when backtesting revenues are lower than the previous day’s backtesting VaR.

Statistically, given the confidence level of 99%, two or three backtesting exceptions per year can be expected. More than four exceptions could indicate that the VaR model is not performing appropriately, as could too few exceptions over a prolonged period of time. However, as noted under “VaR limitations” in the “Risk management and control” section of our Annual Report 2020, a sudden increase or decrease in market volatility relative to the five-year window could lead to a higher or lower number of exceptions, respectively. Accordingly, Group-level backtesting exceptions are investigated, as are exceptional positive backtesting revenues, with results being reported to senior business management, the Group Chief Risk Officer and the Group Chief Market & Treasury Risk Officer. Backtesting exceptions are also reported to internal and external auditors and to the relevant regulators.

The “Group: development of regulatory backtesting revenues and actual trading revenues against backtesting VaR” chart below shows the 12-month development of backtesting VaR against the Group’s backtesting revenues and actual trading revenues for 2020. The chart shows both the 99% and the 1% backtesting VaR. The asymmetry between the negative and positive tails is a result of the long gamma risk profile that has been run historically in the Investment Bank.

The actual trading revenues include, in addition to backtesting revenues, intraday revenues.

There were no new Group VaR backtesting exceptions in the second half of 2020. The total number of backtesting exceptions within the most recent 250-business-day window remained at 3. Correspondingly, the FINMA VaR multiplier used to compute regulatory and stressed VaR RWA remained unchanged at 3 throughout the period. FINMA’s freeze on backtesting exceptions did not affect this multiplier. p

Semi-annual |

p




83

UBS Group AG consolidated

Risks notin VaR

Risks not in VaR definition

Annual | We have a framework to identify and quantify potential risks that are not entirely captured by our VaR model. We refer to these as risks not in VaR (RniV). This framework is used to underpin these potential risks with regulatory capital, calculated as a multiple of VaR and SVaR.

Our VaR model can be split into two components: the P&L representation and the risk factor model. This gives rise to two RniV categories: P&L representation RniV and risk factor RniV. P&L representation RniV arise from approximations made by the VaR model to quantify the effect of risk factor changes on the profit and loss of positions and portfolios. Risk factor RniV originate from an inadequate modeling of the stochastic behavior of the risk factors. p

Risks not in VaR quantification

Annual | The RniV quantification is conducted on the basis of a quantitative approach that was developed within the Risk Methodology department and that has been approved by FINMA. We quantify RniV on a monthly basis. The framework applies to both categories of RniV: P&L representation RniV and risk factor RniV. p

Risks not in VaR mitigation

Annual | Material RniV items are monitored and controlled by means and measures other than VaR, such as position limits and stress limits. Additionally, there are ongoing initiatives to extend the VaR model to better capture these risks. p

Derivation of RWA add-on for risks not in VaR

Annual |

The RniV framework is used to derive the RniV-based component of the market risk Basel III RWA, using the aforementioned approach, which is approved by FINMA and is subject to recalibration at least once a quarter. As RWA from RniV are add-ons, they do not reflect any diversification benefits across risks capitalized through VaR and SVaR.

The RniV VaR and SVaR capital ratios applicable as of 31 December 2020 were 80% and 82%, respectively.

FINMA continues to require that RniV stressed VaR capital is floored at RniV VaR capital. p

Annual |

Calculation of RniV-based RWA as of 31 December 2020
USD million Period-end RWA<br><br> <br>(A) RniV add-on<br><br> <br>(B) RniV RWA<br><br> <br>(A x B)
Regulatory VaR 1,209 80% 961
Stressed VaR 3,990 82% 3,267
Total RniV RWA 4,228

p

84

Incremental riskcharge

Annual | Incremental risk charge (IRC) is the potential loss due to the defaulting or credit migration of issuers of non-securitized credit instruments in the trading book. IRC is calculated as the portfolio loss at the 99.9th percentile of the portfolio loss distribution over a one-year time horizon. It uses a multi-factor model applying the constant position assumption for all positions in the IRC portfolio. This means that all positions are kept unchanged over a one-year time period.

The portfolio loss distribution is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation approach. The simulation is performed in two steps: first, the distribution of credit ratings (including the defaulted state) at the one-year time horizon is estimated by a portfolio rating migration model; and, second, default and migration losses conditional on credit events generated by the migration model are calculated and aggregated.

The portfolio rating migration model is of the Merton type: migrations of credit ratings are considered to be functions of the underlying asset value of a firm. The correlation structure of asset values is based on the FIS APT factor model, with factor loadings and volatilities homogenized within region / industry / size buckets. For the government bucket, a conservative expert-based correlation value is used. The transition matrix approach is utilized to set migration and default thresholds. The transition matrix for sovereign obligors is calibrated to the history of S&P sovereign ratings. The transition matrix for non-sovereigns is calibrated to the history of UBS internal ratings.

For each position related to a defaulted obligor, default losses are calculated based on the maximum default exposure measure (the loss in the case of a default event assuming zero recovery) and a random recovery concept. To account for potential basis risk between instruments, different recovery values may be generated for different instruments even if they belong to the same issuer. To calculate rating migration losses, a linear (delta) approximation is used. A loss resulting from a migration event is calculated as a change in the average credit spread due to the rating change, multiplied by the corresponding sensitivity of a position to changes in credit spreads.

The validation of the IRC model relies heavily on sensitivity analyses embedded into the annual model reconfirmation. p

Derivation of IRC-based RWA

Annual | IRC is calculated weekly and the results are used to derive the IRC-based component of the market risk Basel III RWA. The derivation is similar to that for VaR- and SVaR-based RWA, but without a VaR multiplier, and is shown below. p

Annual |

Calculation of IRC-based RWA as<br> of 31 December 2020
Average of last<br><br> <br>12 weeks IRC<br><br> <br>(B) Max (A, B)<br><br> <br>(C) Risk weight factor<br><br> <br>(D) Basel III RWA<br><br> <br>(C x D)
million
133 157 1,250% 1,958

All values are in US Dollars.

p

85

UBS Group AG consolidated

Comprehensive risk measure

Annual | The comprehensive risk measure (the CRM) is an estimate of the default and complex price risk, including the convexity and cross-convexity of the CRM portfolio across credit spread, correlation and recovery, measured over a one-year time horizon at a 99.9% confidence level. The calculation assumes a static portfolio with trade aging, a modeling choice consistent with the portfolio being hedged in a back-to-back manner. The model scope covers collateralized debt obligation (CDO) swaps, credit-linked notes (CLNs), 1st- and nth-to-default swaps and CLNs and hedges for these positions, including single-name credit default swaps (CDSs), CLNs and index CDSs.

The CRM profit and loss distribution is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation of defaults, loss given default (LGD)

rates and market data changes over the next 12 months, where spreads follow their own stochastic processes and are correlated to defaults. The risk engine loads the definition of all trades and, for each Monte Carlo scenario, generates the trade cash flows over the next 12 months and revalues the trades on the horizon date. The revaluation relies on sampled FX rates, credit spreads and index bases and introduces a correlation skew by using stochastic correlations and stochastic LGD rates. The correlation skew is calibrated at irregular intervals. The 99.9% negative quantile of the resulting profit and loss distribution is then taken to be the CRM result. Our CRM methodology is subject to minimum qualitative standards.

Since the second quarter of 2019, we have not held eligible correlation trading positions and therefore the CRM-based capital requirement has not been applicable to us. p

86

Section 9  Operational risk

Annual | The table below presents an overview of Pillar 3 disclosures separately provided in our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors. p

Annual |

ORA: Operational risk
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
Details of the approach for operational risk capital assessment<br> for which the bank qualifies Risk management and control – Operational risk framework 140
Description of the advanced measurement approaches (AMA) for<br> operational risk Risk management and control – Advanced measurement approach model 141

p

87

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 10  Interest rate risk in thebanking book

Annual | The disclosures in this section take into account Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) Circular 2019/2, which sets out minimum standards for measuring, managing, monitoring and controlling interest rate risks in the banking book. p

Annual |

Interest rate risk in the banking book
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
The nature of interest rate risk in the banking book and key<br> assumptions applied Risk management and control – Interest rate risk in the banking book 128–131

p

Annual | Sources of interest rate risk in the banking book

Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) arises from balance sheet positions such as Loans and advances to banks,  Loans and advances to customers, Financial assets at fair value not held for trading,  Financial assetsmeasured at amortized cost,  Customer deposits,  Debt issuedmeasured at amortized cost,  and derivatives, including those used for cash flow hedge accounting purposes. Fair value changes to these positions may affect other comprehensive income (OCI) or the income statement, depending on their accounting treatment.

Our largest banking book interest rate exposures arise from customer deposits and lending products in Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking. The inherent interest rate risks are generally transferred from Global Wealth Management and Personal & Corporate Banking to Group Treasury, to be managed centrally. This allows for the netting of interest rate risks across different sources, while leaving the originating businesses with commercial margin and volume management. The residual interest rate risk is mainly hedged with interest rate swaps, to the vast majority of which we apply hedge accounting. Short-term exposures and high-quality liquid assets classified as financial assets at fair value not held for trading are hedged with derivatives accounted for on a mark-to-market basis. Long-term fixed-rate debt issued is hedged with interest rate swaps designated in fair value hedge accounting relationships.

Risk management and governance

IRRBB is measured using a number of metrics, the most relevant of which are the following.

–   Interest rate sensitivities to parallel shifts in yield curves, calculated as changes in the present value of future cash flows irrespective of accounting treatment. These are also the key risk factors for statistical and stress-based measures, such as value-at-risk and stress scenarios (including economic value of equity (EVE) sensitivity), and are measured and reported daily. EVE sensitivity is the exposure arising from the most adverse regulatory interest rate scenario after netting across currencies. In addition to the regulatory measure, we apply an internal EVE sensitivity metric that includes equity, goodwill, real estate and additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments.

–   Net interest income (NII) sensitivity assesses the change in NII over a set time horizon compared with the baseline NII, which we internally calculate by assuming that interest rates in all currencies develop according to their market-implied forward rates and assuming constant business volumes and no specific management actions. The internal NII sensitivity, which includes the contribution from cash held at central banks, unlike the Pillar 3 disclosure requirements, is measured and reported monthly.

We actively manage IRRBB, aiming to reduce the volatility of NII, while keeping the EVE sensitivity within set internal risk limits.

EVE and NII sensitivity are monitored against limits and triggers, both at consolidated and at significant legal entity levels. We also assess the sensitivity of EVE and NII under stressed market conditions, by applying a suite of parallel and non-parallel interest rate scenarios, as well as specific economic scenarios.

The Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book Strategy Committee, which is a sub-committee of the Group Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO), and, where relevant, ALCOs at a legal entity level, perform independent oversight over the management of IRRBB. IRRBB is also subject to Group Internal Audit and model governance.

Key modeling assumptions

The cash flows from customer deposits and lending products used in the calculation of EVE sensitivity exclude commercial margins and other spread components and are aggregated by daily time-buckets, and are discounted using risk-free rates. Our external issuances are discounted using UBS’s senior debt curve, and capital instruments are modeled to the first call date. NII sensitivity, which includes commercial margins, is calculated over a one-year time horizon, assuming constant balance sheet structure and volumes, and considers the flooring effect of embedded interest rate options.

The average repricing maturity of non-maturing deposits and loans is determined via replication portfolio strategies that are designed to protect product margin. Optimal replicating portfolios are determined at a granular currency- and product-specific level by simulating and applying a real-world market rate model to historically calibrated client rate and volume models.

88

We use an econometric prepayment model to forecast prepayment rates on US mortgage loans in UBS Bank USA and agency mortgage-backed securities (MBSs) held in various liquidity portfolios of UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated. These prepayment rates are used to forecast both mortgage loan and MBS balances under various macroeconomic scenarios. The prepayment model is used for a variety of purposes, including risk management and regulatory stress testing. Mortgages in Switzerland and fixed-term deposits generally do not carry similar optionality, due to prepayment and early redemption penalties.

Economic value and net interest income sensitivity

The interest rate risk sensitivity figures presented in the IRRBB1 table below represent the effect of six interest rate scenarios defined by FINMA on the theoretical present value of the banking book, as well as the effect of the two parallel shock scenarios on the net interest income of the banking book. EVE sensitivity excludes equity, goodwill, real estate and additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments.

As of 31 December 2020, the most adverse of the six FINMA interest rate scenarios with regard to EVE was the “Parallel up” scenario, resulting in a change of the economic value of equity of negative USD 5.6 billion, representing a pro forma reduction of 10.0% of tier 1 capital, which is well below the regulatory outlier test of 15% of tier 1 capital. The immediate effect of the “Parallel up” scenario on tier 1 capital as of 31 December 2020 would be a reduction of 1.2%, or USD 0.7 billion, arising from the part of our banking book that is measured at fair value through profit or loss and from the financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. This scenario would, however, have a positive effect on net interest income.

The more adverse of the two parallel interest rate scenarios with regard to NII over the next 12 months was the “Parallel up” scenario, resulting in a potential change of negative USD 0.4 billion. This excludes the contribution from cash held at central banks as per FINMA Pillar 3 disclosure requirements. With the inclusion of the cash held at central banks, the NII would increase by USD 1.2 billion under the “Parallel up” scenario. p

Annual |

IRRBB1: Quantitative information about IRRBB
As of 31.12.20 Delta EVE – Change of economic value of equity Delta NII – Change of Net interest income^1^
USD million 31.12.20 31.12.19 31.12.20 31.12.19
Parallel up^2^ (5,605) (5,003) (364) (608)
Parallel down^2^ 4,957 4,316 1,128 48
Steepener^3^ (849) (816) ****
Flattener^4^ (394) (337) ****
Short-term up^5^ (2,333) (2,166) ****
Short-term down^6^ 2,435 2,292 ****
Maximum^7^ (5,605) (5,003) (364) (608)
Period 31.12.20 31.12.19
Tier 1 capital 56,178 51,888
1 Disclosure of the NII sensitivity is only required for the two<br> parallel shock scenarios. The NII sensitivity estimates reflect the impact of<br> immediate changes in interest rates, relative to constant rates, and assume<br> no change to balance sheet size and structure, constant foreign exchange<br> rates and no specific management action. Furthermore, the change in NII does<br> not include the contribution from cash held at central banks.    2 Rates<br> across all tenors move by ±150 bps for Swiss franc, ±200 bps for euro and US<br> dollar and ±250 bps for pound sterling.    3 Short-term rates decrease and<br> long-term rates increase.    4 Short-term rates increase and long-term rates<br> decrease.    5 Short-term rates increase more than long-term rates.    6<br> Short-term rates decrease more than long-term rates.    7 “Maximum” indicates<br> the most adverse interest rate scenario as shown in the table.

p

89

UBS Group AG consolidated

Annual |

IRRBBA1: Quantitative disclosures<br> relating to the position structure and interest rate reset of IRRBB risk
As of 31.12.20 Volume^1^ Average interest rate repricing period (in years) Maximum interest rate repricing period (in years)  for exposures with modeled interest rate repricing dates
million, except where<br> indicated Total of which: CHF of which: EUR of which: USD Total of which: CHF Total of which: CHF
Determined <br> repricing period2 12,565 4,593 4,951 2,979 0.70 0.96 **** ****
193,630 39,208 25,507 99,499 0.81 1.52 **** ****
37,291 37,291 **** **** 0.14 0.14 **** ****
104,925 103,394 61 338 3.90 3.94 **** ****
64,759 4,207 10,834 38,900 2.91 4.22 **** ****
179,547 0 20,326 108,515 0.14 0.05 **** ****
702,621 109,014 122,322 383,237 1.18 0.89 **** ****
(6,541) (3,105) 0 (3,433) 1.70 1.74 **** ****
(35,888) (150) (3,409) (20,782) 0.44 1.14 **** ****
(64) (64) 0 **** 1.24 2.70 **** ****
(138,241) (11,780) (38,745) (71,970) 2.29 4.49 **** ****
(85,004) (37) (13,148) (37,414) 0.07 0.01 **** ****
(704,432) (161,981) (107,385) (328,395) 0.67 0.94 **** ****
Undetermined <br> repricing period3 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
20,601 1,894 3,291 13,900 1.36 0.93 **** ****
21,425 1,587 **** 16,541 2.95 1.26 **** ****
310 310 **** **** 1.47 1.47 **** ****
(333,271) (80,631) (50,458) (174,463) 1.16 1.54 **** ****
(27,581) (9,415) (3,774) (13,081) 0.08 0.03 **** ****
(127,039) (127,039) **** 0 2.05 2.05 **** ****
530,228 220,877 57,522 217,984 1.05 1.72 10 10
1 The volume figures cover only banking book positions and are<br> risk-based measures which differ from the accounting values on the IFRS<br> balance sheet.    2 Receivables and payables from securities financing<br> transactions are reported on a gross basis, consistent with our interest rate<br> risk management and monitoring process. Subordinated liabilities are<br> excluded.    3 Swiss franc variable-rate mortgages and balances associated to<br> loans and advances to banks with a combined volume below 1 billion are<br> reported under Loans and advances to customers, consistent with our interest<br> rate risk management and monitoring process.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

90

Annual |

IRRBBA1: Quantitative disclosures<br> relating to the position structure and interest rate reset of IRRBB risk
As of 31.12.19 Volume^1^ Average interest rate repricing period (in years) Maximum interest rate repricing period (in years)  for exposures<br> with modeled interest rate repricing dates
million, except where<br> indicated Total of which: CHF of which: EUR of which: USD Total of which: CHF Total of which: CHF
Determined <br> repricing period 2 11,913 4,969 3,705 3,199 0.73 0.94
145,829 36,282 12,071 79,396 0.73 1.48
41,311 41,311 0.14 0.14
84,164 84,164 4.11 4.11
47,022 1,182 5,259 32,279 1.73 3.15
182,792 0 14,691 125,810 0.11 0.09
635,141 86,494 107,881 356,096 1.26 1.12
(4,752) (3,388) 0 (1,201) 1.12 1.13
(52,106) (130) (354) (41,316) 0.39 1.55
(88) (88) 0 1.27 2.57
(87,075) (9,854) (22,935) (46,310) 2.27 4.77
(84,427) 0 (12,054) (48,968) 0.06 0.01
(635,931) (109,901) (79,752) (335,227) 0.64 0.90
Undetermined <br> repricing period3
19,202 1,997 2,785 12,843 1.34 0.88
19,817 16,383 2.98
2,105 2,105 1.32 1.32
(277,888) (90,043) (52,891) (113,900) 1.19 1.23
(109,018) (109,018) 2.23 2.23
428,030 203,163 55,677 143,125 1.14 1.72 10 10
1 The volume figures cover only banking book positions and are<br> risk-based measures which differ from the accounting values on the IFRS<br> balance sheet.    2 Receivables and payables from securities financing<br> transactions are reported on a gross basis, consistent with our interest rate<br> risk management and monitoring process. Subordinated liabilities are<br> excluded.    3 Swiss franc variable-rate mortgages and balances associated to<br> loans and advances to banks with a combined volume below 1 billion are<br> reported under Loans and advances to customers, consistent with our interest<br> rate risk management and monitoring process.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

91

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 11  Going and gone concernrequirements and eligible capital

Quarterly | The table below provides details of the Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) going and gone concern capital requirements as required by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA); however, it does not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption granted by FINMA on 25 March 2020 in connection with COVID-19 that applied until 1 January 2021, which permitted the exclusion of central bank sight deposits from the going concern leverage ratio calculation. The respective effect is presented on the next page. More information about capital management is provided in the “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors. p

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information
As of 31.12.20 RWA LRD^1^
USD million, except where indicated in % **** in % ****
Required going concern capital **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 13.96^2^ 40,345 4.88^2^ 50,561
Common equity tier 1 capital 9.66 27,914 3.38 35,004
of which: minimum capital 4.50 13,010 1.50 15,557
of which: buffer capital 5.14 14,860 1.88 19,447
of which: countercyclical buffer 0.02 45
Maximum additional tier 1 capital 4.30 12,431 1.50 15,557
of which: additional tier 1 capital 3.50 10,119 1.50 15,557
of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital 0.80 2,313
Eligible going concern capital **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 19.43 56,178 5.42 56,178
Common equity tier 1 capital 13.80 39,890 3.85 39,890
Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital^3^ 5.63 16,288 1.57 16,288
of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 4.74 13,711 1.32 13,711
of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 0.89 2,577 0.25 2,577
Required gone concern capital^4^ **** **** **** ****
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity^5^ 10.16 29,367 3.64 37,724
of which: base requirement 12.86 37,178 4.50 46,672
of which: additional requirement for market share and LRD 1.08 3,122 0.38 3,889
of which: applicable reduction on requirements (3.78) (10,933) (1.24) (12,838)
of which: rebate granted (equivalent to 47.5% of maximum rebate) (2.54) (7,333) (0.89) (9,237)
of which: reduction for usage of low-trigger tier 2 capital instruments (1.25) (3,600) (0.35) (3,600)
Eligible gone concern capital **** **** **** ****
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity 15.75 45,545 4.39 45,545
Total tier 2 capital 2.68 7,744 0.75 7,744
of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital 2.49 7,201 0.69 7,201
of which: non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital 0.19 543 0.05 543
TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt 13.08 37,801 3.64 37,801
Total loss-absorbing capacity **** **** **** ****
Required total loss-absorbing capacity 24.11 69,713 8.51 88,285
Eligible total loss-absorbing capacity 35.19 101,722 9.81 101,722
Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator
Risk-weighted assets 289,101
Leverage ratio denominator^1^ 1,037,150
1 LRD-based requirements and the LRD presented in this table do<br> not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by<br> FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for<br> preparation” section of this report and to the COVID-19-related information<br> in this section for more information.    2 Includes applicable add-ons<br> of 1.08% for RWA and 0.375% for LRD.    3 Includes outstanding<br> low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments, which<br> are available under the Swiss SRB framework to meet the going concern<br> requirements until their first call date. As of their first call date, these<br> instruments are eligible to meet the gone concern requirements.    4 From 1<br> January 2020 onward, a maximum of 25% of the gone<br> concern requirements can be met with instruments that have a<br> remaining maturity of between one and two years. Once at least 75% of the<br> minimum gone concern requirement has been met with instruments that have a<br> remaining maturity of greater than two years, all instruments that have a<br> remaining maturity of between one and two years remain eligible to be<br> included in the total gone concern capital.    5 The gone concern requirement<br> after the application of the rebate for resolvability measures and the<br> reduction for the use of higher quality capital instruments is floored at<br> 8.6% and 3% for the RWA- and LRD-based requirements, respectively. This means<br> that the combined reduction may not exceed 5.34 percentage points for the<br> RWA-based requirement of 13.94% and 1.875 percentage points for the LRD-based<br> requirement of 4.875%.

p

92

Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption ofcentral bank sight deposits

In line with the FINMA exemption rules that applied until 1 January 2021, the eligible leverage ratio denominator (LRD) relief applicable to UBS is reduced by the going concern LRD equivalent of the capital distribution that UBS made for the 2019 financial year.

The table below summarizes the effects on our Swiss SRB going concern capital requirements and information. The FINMA exemption rules had no effect on our Swiss SRB gone concern capital requirements and ratios.

Outside of this section, for simplicity and due to the short-term nature of the FINMA exemption, we have chosen to present LRD excluding the temporary FINMA exemption.

The LRD reflecting the aforementioned temporary FINMA exemption under Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) rules is identical to the Swiss SRB number presented in the table below. The BCBS Basel III leverage ratio was 5.95% after the temporary FINMA exemption was reflected.

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going concern requirements<br> and information including temporary FINMA exemption
As of 31.12.20
million, except where<br> indicated ****
Leverage ratio denominator<br> before temporary exemption 1,037,150
Effective relief (92,827)
of which: central bank sight<br> deposits eligible for relief (146,308)
of which: reduction of relief<br> due to paid dividend distribution1 53,481
Leverage ratio denominator<br> after temporary exemption 944,323
Required going concern<br> capital ****
Total going concern capital 46,036
Common equity tier 1 capital 31,871
Eligible going concern<br> capital ****
Total going concern capital 56,178
Common equity tier 1 capital 39,890
1 Represents the leverage ratio denominator equivalent to a<br> 4.875% going concern leverage ratio requirement applied to the 2019 paid<br> dividend of 2,607 million ( 0.365 per share, paid on 7 May 2020 and 27<br> November 2020).

All values are in US Dollars.

p

Semi-annual | The CCyB1 table below provides details of the underlying exposures and risk-weighted assets (RWA) used in the computation of the countercyclical buffer requirement applicable to UBS Group AG consolidated. Further information about the methodology of geographical allocation used is provided on page 133 of our Annual Report 2020, available under ”Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.

There were no changes in the countercyclical buffer requirement during the second half of 2020. p

Semi-annual |

CCyB1: Geographical distribution<br> of credit exposures used in the countercyclical capital buffer
million, except where<br> indicated
Geographical breakdown Exposure values and / or risk-weighted assets used in the<br> computation of the countercyclical capital buffer Bank-specific countercyclical capital buffer rate, % Countercyclical amount
Exposure values^1^ Risk-weighted assets
Hong Kong 8,168 1,949 **** ****
Luxembourg 19,396 3,747 **** ****
Sum 27,564 5,695 **** ****
Total 621,855 186,261 0.02 45
1 Includes private sector exposures in the countries that are<br> Basel Committee on Banking Supervision member jurisdictions under categories<br> “Credit risk,” “Counterparty credit risk,” “Equity positions in the banking<br> book,” “Settlement risk,” “Securitization exposures in the banking book” and<br> “Amounts below thresholds for deduction.”    2 The countercyclical buffer for<br> Luxembourg will increase from 0.25% to 0.50%, effective from 1 January 2021.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

93

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semi-annual | The CC2 table below and on the following page provides a reconciliation of the IFRS balance sheet to the balance sheet according to the regulatory scope of consolidation as defined by the BCBS and FINMA. Lines in the balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation are expanded and referenced where relevant to display all components that are used in the “CC1: Composition of regulatory capital” table. Refer to the “Linkage between financial statements and regulatory exposures” section of this report for more information about the most significant entities consolidated under IFRS but not included in the regulatory scope of consolidation. p

Semi-annual |

CC2: Reconciliation of accounting<br> balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation
As of 31.12.20 Effect of deconsolidated entities for regulatory consolidation Effect of additional consolidated entities for regulatory consolidation Balance sheet in accordance with regulatory scope of consolidation Ref^1^
million **** ****
Assets **** ****
Cash and balances at central banks 0 158,231
Loans and advances to banks (263) 15,181
Receivables from securities financing transactions 74,210
Cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments 32,737
Loans and advances to customers 44 379,573
Other financial assets measured at amortized cost (235) 26,959
Total financial assets<br> measured at amortized cost (454) **** 686,890 ****
Financial assets at fair value held for trading (42) 125,355
of which: assets pledged as<br> collateral that may be sold or repledged by counterparties **** 47,098
Derivative financial instruments 16 159,633
Brokerage receivables **** 24,659
Financial assets at fair value not held for trading (20,734) 59,630
Total financial assets<br> measured at fair value through profit or loss (20,760) **** 369,277 ****
Financial assets measured at<br> fair value through other comprehensive income 0 **** 8,258 ****
Investments in associates 96 1,652
of which: goodwill2 **** 414 4
Property, equipment and software (43) 13,065 ****
Goodwill and intangible assets **** 6,480 ****
of which: goodwill **** 6,182 4
of which: intangible assets **** 298 5
Deferred tax assets 0 9,212 ****
of which: deferred tax assets<br> recognized for tax loss carry-forwards **** 5,393 6
of which: deferred tax assets<br> on temporary differences 0 3,819 10
Other non-financial assets (4) 9,764 ****
of which: net defined benefit<br> pension and other post-employment assets 42 8
Total assets (21,166) **** 1,104,599

All values are in US Dollars.

94

CC2:Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under theregulatory scope of consolidation (continued)

As of 31.12.20 Effect of deconsolidated entities for regulatory consolidation Effect of additional consolidated entities for regulatory consolidation Balance sheet in accordance with regulatory scope of consolidation Ref^1^
million **** ****
Liabilities ****
Amounts due to banks (26) 11,024
Payables from securities financing transactions **** 6,321
Cash collateral payables on derivative instruments **** 37,312
Customer deposits 31 524,636
Debt issued measured at amortized cost (3) 139,230
of which: amount eligible for<br> high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital **** 11,837 9
of which: amount eligible for<br> low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital **** 2,577 9
of which: amount eligible for<br> low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital **** 7,201 11
of which: amount eligible for<br> capital instruments subject to phase-out from tier 2 capital **** 476 12
Other financial liabilities measured at amortized cost (164) 9,565
Total financial liabilities<br> measured at amortized cost (162) **** 728,088 ****
Financial liabilities at fair value held for trading 0 33,595
Derivative financial instruments 6 161,107
Brokerage payables designated at fair value **** 38,742
Debt issued designated at fair value 0 61,243
Other financial liabilities designated at fair value (20,991) 9,396
Total financial liabilities<br> measured at fair value through profit or loss (20,985) **** 304,083 ****
Provisions 0 2,827
Other non-financial liabilities (1) 9,853
of which: amount eligible for<br> high-trigger loss-absorbing capital (Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP))3 **** 1,625 9
of which: deferred tax<br> liabilities related to goodwill **** 277 4
of which: deferred tax<br> liabilities related to other intangible assets 2 5
Total liabilities (21,148) **** 1,044,852 ****
Equity ****
Share capital **** 338 1
Share premium **** 16,753 1
Treasury shares **** (4,068) 3
Retained earnings (32) 38,743 2
Other comprehensive income recognized directly in equity, net of<br> tax 15 7,662 3
of which: unrealized gains /<br> (losses) from cash flow hedges 2,321 7
Equity attributable to<br> shareholders (17) **** 59,428
Equity attributable to non-controlling interests 319
Total equity (17) **** 59,747
Total liabilities and equity (21,166) **** 1,104,599
1 References link the lines of this table to the respective<br> reference numbers provided in the “References” column in the “CC1:<br> Composition of regulatory capital” table in this section.    2 Includes<br> goodwill from an associate that is not a banking, financial or insurance<br> entity, amounting to 1 million as of 31 December 2020, which is not<br> subject to capital deduction.    3 IFRS carrying amount of total DCCP<br> liabilities was 1,858 million as of 31 December 2020. Refer to the<br> “Compensation” section of our Annual Report 2020 for more information about<br> the DCCP.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

95

UBS Group AG consolidated

Semi-annual | The CC1 table below and on the following pages provides the composition of capital in the format prescribed by the BCBS and FINMA, and is based on BCBS Basel III rules, unless stated otherwise. Reference is made to items reconciling to the balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation as disclosed in the “CC2: Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the regulatory scope of consolidation” table in this section.

Refer to the documents titled “Capital and total loss-absorbing capacity instruments of UBS Group AG consolidated and UBS AG consolidated and standalone – key features” and “UBS Group AG consolidated capital instruments and TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt”, available under “Bondholder information” at ubs.com/investors, for an overview of the main features of our regulatory capital instruments, as well as the full terms and conditions. p

Semi-annual |

CC1: Composition of regulatory<br> capital
As of 31.12.20 Amounts References^1^
million except where<br> indicated **** ****
**** ****
1 17,091 1
2 38,743 2
3 3,594 3
4 **** ****
5 **** ****
6 59,428 ****
**** ****
7 (150) ****
8 (6,319) 4
9 (296) 5
10 (5,617) 6
11 (2,321) 7
12 (330) ****
13 **** ****
14 336 ****
15 (41) 8
16 (2,879)^3^ 9
17 **** ****
17a **** ****
17b **** ****
18 **** ****
19 **** ****
20 **** ****
21 (5) 10
22 **** ****
23 **** ****
24 **** ****
25 **** ****
26 **** ****
26a (152) ****
26b (1,767)^4^ ****
27 **** ****
28 (19,538) ****
29 39,890 ****

All values are in US Dollars.

96

CC1:<br> Composition of regulatory capital (continued)
As of 31.12.20 Amounts References^1^
million except where<br> indicated **** ****
**** ****
30 16,288 ****
31 **** ****
32 16,288 ****
33 **** ****
34 **** ****
35 **** ****
36 16,288 ****
**** ****
37 **** ****
38 **** ****
38a **** ****
38b **** ****
39 **** ****
40 **** ****
41 **** ****
42 **** ****
42a **** ****
43 **** ****
44 16,288 9
45 56,178 ****
**** ****
46 4,573^6^ 11
47 476 12
48 **** ****
49 **** ****
50 **** ****
51 5,049 ****
**** ****
52 **** ****
53 **** ****
53a **** ****
53b **** ****
54 **** ****
55 **** ****
56 **** ****
56a **** ****
57 **** ****
58 5,049 ****
59 61,226 ****
60 289,101 ****

All values are in US Dollars.

97

UBS Group AG consolidated

CC1:<br> Composition of regulatory capital (continued)
As of 31.12.20 Amounts References^1^
million except where<br> indicated **** ****
**** ****
61 13.80 ****
62 19.43 ****
63 21.18 ****
64 3.52 ****
65 2.50 ****
66 0.02 ****
67 1.00 ****
68 9.30 ****
**** ****
72 2,000 ****
73 1,216 ****
74 **** ****
75 3,989 ****
**** ****
76 **** ****
77 **** ****
78 **** ****
79 **** ****
**** ****
80 **** ****
81 **** ****
82 **** ****
83 **** ****
84 1,261 ****
85 **** ****
1 References link the lines of this table to the respective<br> reference numbers provided in the “References” column in the “CC2:<br> Reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to balance sheet under the<br> regulatory scope of consolidation” table in this section.    2 IFRS netting<br> for deferred tax assets and liabilities is reversed for items deducted from CET1<br> capital.    3 Includes 2 billion of a capital reserve for potential<br> share repurchases.    4 Includes 499 million in compensation-related<br> charge for regulatory capital purposes.    5 Under IFRS, debt issued and<br> subsequently repurchased is treated as extinguished.    6 Consists of<br> instruments with a IFRS carrying amount of 7.2 billion less amortization<br> of instruments where remaining maturity is between one and five years, own<br> instruments held and 45% of the gross unrealized gains on debt instruments<br> measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, which are measured<br> at the lower of cost or market value for regulatory capital purposes.    7<br> BCBS requirements are exceeded by our Swiss SRB requirements. Refer to the<br> “Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet“ section of our Annual<br> Report 2020 report for more information about the Swiss SRB requirements.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

98

Prudent valuation

Annual | The PV1 table below provides a breakdown of prudent valuation adjustments to CET1 capital. These adjustments are incremental to the ones made under IFRS, which include adjustments for liquidity and model uncertainty, as well as credit, funding and debit valuation adjustments.

Instruments that are measured as part of a portfolio of combined long and short positions are valued at mid-market levels to ensure consistent valuation of the long and short component risks. A liquidity valuation adjustment is then made to the overall net long or short exposure to move the fair value to bid or offer, as appropriate, reflecting current market liquidity levels.

Uncertainties associated with the use of model-based valuations are incorporated into the measurement of fair value through the use of model reserves. These reserves reflect the amounts that the Group estimates should be deducted from valuations produced directly by models to incorporate uncertainties in the relevant modeling assumptions, in the model and market inputs used, or in the calibration of the model output to adjust for known model deficiencies.

To ensure compliance with the prudent valuation requirements, UBS has established systems, controls and governance around the valuation of positions measured at fair value.

As of 31 December 2020, the prudential valuation adjustment increased by USD 46 million compared with the prior year, primarily due to reduced liquidity in the market for auction rate securities. p

›    Refer to “Note 21 Fair value measurement” of our Annual Report 2020for more information about the valuation adjustments in the financial accountsand related governance

Annual |

PV1: Prudent valuation<br> adjustments (PVA)
As of 31.12.20
million Equity Interest rates FX Credit Commodities Total Of which: In the trading book Of which: In the banking book
1 (12) (102) 0 (37) 0 (150) (29) (121)
2 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
3 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
4 (12) (102) 0 (37) 0 (150) (29) (121)
5 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
6 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
7 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
8 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
9 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
10 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
11 **** **** **** **** **** **** **** ****
12 (12) (102) 0 (37) 0 (150) (29) (121)
As of 31.12.19
1 (9) (70) 0 (25) 0 (104) (25) (79)
2
3
4 (9) (70) 0 (25) 0 (104) (25) (79)
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12 (9) (70) 0 (25) 0 (104) (25) (79)
1 Valuation adjustments recognized already under the financial<br> accounting standards reflect an estimated total life-to-date loss of 960<br> million as of 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: 665 million), of<br> which valuation adjustments account for an estimated life-to-date loss of <br> 340 million (31 December 2019: 300 million) for liquidity and of 479<br> million (31 December 2019: 266 million) for model uncertainty. Further<br> details are provided in “Note 21 Fair Value measurement” in the “Consolidated<br> financial statements” section of our Annual Report 2020.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

99

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 12 Total loss-absorbing capacity

Resolution group– composition of total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC)

Semi-annual | The TLAC1 table below is based on Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) rules, and only applicable to UBS Group AG as the ultimate parent entity of the defined UBS resolution group, to which, in case of resolution, resolution tools (e.g., a bail-in) are expected to be applied.

In the second half of 2020, we issued a high-trigger loss absorbing additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instrument with a nominal value of USD 750 million denominated in US dollars. Non-regulatory capital instruments increased by USD 5.4 billion to USD 37.8 billion as of 31 December 2020, mainly driven by seven issuances amounting to USD 4.5 billion denominated in US dollars, euro and Australian dollars, as well as foreign currency and other effects, partly offset by the call of a TLAC-eligible instrument. p

Semi-annual |

TLAC1: TLAC composition for<br> G-SIBs (at resolution group level) **** ****
31.12.20 30.6.20^1^ 31.12.19^1^
million, except where<br> indicated **** **** ****
**** **** ****
1 39,890 38,114 35,535
2 16,288 15,390 16,306
3 ****
4 ****
5 16,288 15,390 16,306
6 5,049 5,371 5,726
7 2,787 2,327 1,724
8 ****
9 ****
10 7,835 7,698 7,450
11 64,013 61,203 59,291
****
12 ****
13 37,801 32,423 30,322
14 ****
15 ****
16 ****
17 37,801 32,423 30,322
****
18 101,814 93,626 89,613
19 ****
20 ****
21 ****
22 101,814 93,626 89,613
****
23 289,101 286,436 259,208
24 1,037,150 974,359 911,322
****
25 35.22 32.69 34.57
26 9.82 9.61 9.83
27 9.30 8.81 9.21
28 3.52 3.52 3.58
29 2.50 2.50 2.50
30 0.02 0.02 0.08
31 1.00 1.00 1.00
1 Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section<br> of this report for information on the restatement of comparative information,<br> as applicable.    2 The leverage ratio exposures and leverage ratios for<br> 31 December 2020 and 30 June 2020 do not reflect the effects of the<br> temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA in connection with<br> COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of<br> this report and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA<br> exemption of central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern<br> requirements and eligible capital“ section for more information.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

100

Resolutionentity – creditor ranking at legal entity level

Semi-annual | The TLAC3 table below provides an overview of the creditor ranking structure of the resolution entity, UBS Group AG, on a standalone basis.

UBS Group AG issues loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital instruments and TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt.

UBS Group AG grants Deferred Contingent Capital Plan (DCCP) awards to UBS Group employees. Awards granted since February 2015 qualify as Basel III AT1 capital on a UBS Group consolidated basis and totaled USD 1,875 million as of 31 December 2020 (30 June 2020: USD 1,858 million). The related liabilities of UBS Group AG on a standalone basis of USD 1,613 million (30 June 2020: USD 1,397 million) are not included in the table below, as these do not give rise to any current claims until the awards are legally vested.

As of 31 December 2020, the TLAC available on a UBS Group AG consolidated basis amounted to USD 101,814 million (30 June 2020: USD 93,626 million).

›    Refer to “Bondholder information” at ubs.com/investors, formore information

›    Refer to the “TLAC1: TLAC composition for G-SIBs (at resolutiongroup level)” table in this section for more information about TLAC for UBSGroup AG consolidated

The financial statements of UBS Group AG standalone as of 31 December 2020 are provided under “Holding company and significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups” at ubs.com/investors. p

Semi-annual |

TLAC3 – creditor ranking at legal<br> entity level for the resolution entity, UBS Group AG
As of 31.12.20 Creditor ranking Total
million 1 2 3 ****
1 Common shares<br><br> <br>(most junior)^2^ Additional Tier 1 Bail-in debt and pari passu liabilities (most senior) ****
2 40,000 14,336 41,295 95,631
3 **** **** **** ****
4 40,000 14,336^3,4^ 41,295^6,7^ 95,631
5 40,000 13,843 36,892^8^ 90,735
6 **** **** 6,502 6,502
7 **** **** 16,791 16,791
8 **** **** 12,353 12,353
9 **** **** 1,246 1,246
10 40,000 13,843^5^ **** 53,843
1 No credit risk mitigation is applied to capital and<br> liabilities for UBS Group AG standalone.    2 Common shares including the<br> associated reserves are equal to equity attributable to shareholders as<br> disclosed in the UBS Group AG standalone financial statements as of 31<br> December 2020, which were prepared in accordance with the principles of the<br> Swiss Law on Accounting and Financial Reporting (32nd title of the Swiss Code<br> of Obligations).    3 Includes interest expense accrued on AT1 capital<br> instruments which does not qualify as TLAC.    4 An AT1 instrument of 0.8<br> billion was issued during the six months ended 31 December 2020.    5<br> Includes an AT1 instrument in the amount of 1.5 billion, the call of<br> which was announced on 10 February 2021 (call date 22 March 2021).    6<br> Includes interest expense accrued on bail-in debt, interest-bearing<br> liabilities which comprise loans from UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG, negative<br> replacement values as well as tax and other liabilities which are not<br> excluded liabilities under Swiss law that rank pari-passu to bail-in debt.   <br> 7 Bail-in debt of 4.6 billion was issued during the six months ended 31<br> December 2020.    8 Bail-in debt of 2.9 billion has residual maturity of<br> less than one year and is not potentially eligible as TLAC.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

101

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 13  Leverage ratio

Basel III leverage ratio

Quarterly | The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) leverage ratio, as summarized in the “KM1: Key metrics“ table in section 1 of this report, is calculated by dividing the period-end tier 1 capital by the period-end leverage ratio denominator (LRD).

The LRD consists of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) on-balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items. Derivative exposures are adjusted for a number of items, including replacement values and eligible cash variation margin netting, the current exposure method add-on and net notional amounts for written credit derivatives. The LRD also includes an additional charge for counterparty credit risk related to securities financing transactions (SFTs).

The “Reconciliation of IFRS total assets to BCBS Basel III total on-balance sheet exposures excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions” table below shows the difference between total IFRS assets per IFRS consolidation scope and the BCBS total on-balance sheet exposures. Those exposures are the starting point for calculating the BCBS LRD, as shown in the LR2 table in this section. The difference is due to the application of the regulatory scope of consolidation for the purpose of the BCBS calculation. In addition, carrying amounts for derivative financial instruments and SFTs are deducted from IFRS total assets. They are measured differently under BCBS leverage ratio rules and are therefore added back in separate exposure line items in the LR2 table. p


Differencebetween the Swiss SRB and BCBS leverage ratio

Quarterly | The LRD is the same under Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) and BCBS rules. However, there is a difference in the capital numerator between the two frameworks. Under BCBS rules only common equity tier 1 and additional tier 1 capital are included in the numerator. Under Swiss SRB rules we are required to meet going and gone concern leverage ratio requirements. Therefore, depending on the requirement, the numerator includes tier 1 capital instruments, tier 2 capital instruments and / or total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC)-eligible senior unsecured debt. p

The tables presented below and on the following pages do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption granted by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) on 25 March 2020 in connection with COVID-19 that applied until 1 January 2021, which permitted the exclusion of central bank sight deposits from the leverage ratio calculation. The effects of the temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 are presented in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible capital“ section of this report.

›    Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of thisreport for more information about the COVID-19-related temporary regulatorymeasures

Quarterly |

Reconciliation of IFRS total assets to BCBS Basel III total on-balance sheet exposures excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions^1^
USD million 31.12.20 30.9.20 31.12.19^2^
On-balance sheet exposures **** **** ****
IFRS total assets 1,125,765 1,065,153 972,194
Adjustment for investments in banking, financial, insurance or<br> commercial entities that are consolidated for accounting purposes but outside<br> the scope of regulatory consolidation (21,166) (20,643) (28,281)
Adjustment for investments in banking, financial, insurance or<br> commercial entities that are outside the scope of consolidation for<br> accounting purposes but consolidated for regulatory purposes ****
Adjustment for fiduciary assets recognized on the balance sheet<br> pursuant to the operative accounting framework but excluded from the leverage<br> ratio exposure measure ****
Less carrying amount of derivative financial instruments in IFRS<br> total assets^3^ (192,370) (177,222) (145,141)
Less carrying amount of securities financing transactions in<br> IFRS total assets^4^ (105,587) (109,350) (108,471)
Adjustments to accounting values ****
On-balance sheet items excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions, but including collateral 806,642 757,937 690,302
Asset amounts deducted in determining BCBS Basel III tier 1<br> capital (12,754) (12,913) (13,298)
Total on-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and securities financing transactions) 793,888 745,024 677,004
1 This table does not reflect the effects of the temporary<br> exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the<br> “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to<br> “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central<br> bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible<br> capital“ section of this report for more information.    2 Refer to the<br> “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for<br> information on the restatement of comparative information, as applicable.   <br> 3 Consists of derivative financial instruments and cash collateral<br> receivables on derivative instruments in accordance with the regulatory scope<br> of consolidation.    4 Consists of receivables from securities financing<br> transactions, margin loans, prime brokerage receivables and financial assets<br> at fair value not held for trading related to securities financing<br> transactions in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation.

p

102

Quarterly | During the fourth quarter of 2020, the LRD increased by USD 43 billion to USD 1,037 billion, including currency effects of USD 24 billion. On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivatives and SFTs) increased by USD 49 billion, mainly driven by currency effects of USD 19 billion, as well as higher trading assets, Lombard loans and cash and balances at central banks. Derivative exposures decreased by USD 2 billion, mainly reflecting higher exemption on exposures to qualifying exchanges, lower potential future exposure and trade terminations. SFTs decreased by USD 3 billion due to trade roll-

offs, partly offset by higher brokerage receivables, and an increase in collateral sourcing requirements. p

›    Refer to “Leverage ratio denominator” in the “Capital, liquidity andfunding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2020, available under“Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors , for more information

›    Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of thisreport for more information about the COVID-19-related temporary regulatorymeasures, and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemptionof central bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements andeligible capital“ section of this report for additional information

Quarterly |

LR2: BCBS Basel III leverage<br> ratio common disclosure1 **** **** ****
million, except where<br> indicated 31.12.20 30.9.20 31.12.19^2^
**** **** ****
1 806,642 757,937 690,302
2 (12,754) (12,913) (13,298)
3 793,888 745,024 677,004
**** **** ****
4 54,049 50,517 38,253
5 79,901 80,188 81,484
6 0 0 0
7 (21,420) (18,536) (14,700)
8 (16,760) (14,663) (18,401)
9 85,274 65,998 66,707
10 (84,451) (64,852) (64,382)
11 96,592 98,652 88,961
**** **** ****
12 198,077 214,300 200,010
13 (92,490) (104,950) (91,539)
14 9,759 9,431 8,984
15 ****
16 115,346 118,781 117,455
**** **** ****
17 105,084 105,094 86,627
18 (73,760) (73,184) (58,725)
19 31,324 31,910 27,902
1,037,150 994,366 911,322
**** **** ****
20 56,178 54,396 51,842
21 1,037,150 994,366 911,322
**** **** ****
22 5.4 5.5 5.7
1 This table does not reflect the effects of the temporary<br> exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the<br> “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to<br> “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central<br> bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible<br> capital“ section of this report for more information.    2 Refer to the<br> “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for<br> information on the restatement of comparative information, as applicable.   <br> 3 Includes protection sold, including agency transactions.   <br> 4 Protection sold can be offset with protection bought on the same<br> underlying reference entity, provided that the conditions according to the<br> Basel III leverage ratio framework and disclosure requirements are met.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

103

UBS Group AG consolidated

Quarterly |

LR1: BCBS Basel III leverage<br> ratio summary comparison1 **** **** ****
million 31.12.20 30.9.20 31.12.19^2^
1 1,125,765 1,065,153 972,194
2 (33,919) (33,557) (41,579)
3 ****
4 (95,778) (78,571) (56,179)
5 9,759 9,431 8,984
6 31,324 31,910 27,902
7 ****
8 1,037,150 994,366 911,322
1 This table does not reflect the effects of the temporary<br> exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the<br> “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to<br> “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central<br> bank sight deposits” in the “Going and gone concern requirements and eligible<br> capital“ section of this report for more information.    2 Refer to the<br> “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for<br> information on the restatement of comparative information, as applicable.   <br> 3 Includes assets that are deducted from tier 1 capital.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

104

Section 14  Liquidity coverage ratio

Liquidity coverage ratio

Quarterly | We monitor the liquidity coverage ratio (the LCR) in all significant currencies in order to manage any currency mismatch between high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) and the net expected cash outflows in times of stress. p

Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 sub-section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
Concentration of funding sources Balance sheet and off-balance sheet – Liabilities by product and currency 166
Currency mismatch in the LCR Liquidity and funding management – Liquidity coverage ratio 160

High-quality liquid assets

Quarterly | HQLA must be easily and immediately convertible into cash at little or no loss of value, especially during a period of stress. HQLA are assets that are of low risk and are unencumbered. Other characteristics of HQLA are ease and certainty of valuation, low correlation with risky assets, listing of the assets on a developed and recognized exchange, existence of an active and sizable market for the assets, and low volatility. Our HQLA predominantly consist of assets that qualify as Level 1 in the LCR framework, including cash, central bank reserves and government bonds. p

Quarterly |

High-quality liquid assets
Average 4Q20^1^ Average 3Q20^1^ Average 4Q19^1^
USD billion Level 1<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Level 2<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Total<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Level 1<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Level 2<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Total<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Level 1<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Level 2<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^ Total<br><br> <br>weighted<br><br> <br>liquidity<br><br> <br>value^2^
Cash balances^3^ 133 **** 133 133 133 100 100
Securities (on- and off-balance sheet) 63 18 81 61 18 78 52 14 66
Total high-quality liquid assets^4^ 196 18 214 193 18 211 152 14 166
1 Calculated based on an average of 63 data points in the fourth<br> quarter of 2020, 66 data points in the third quarter of 2020 and 64 data<br> points in the fourth quarter of 2019.    2 Calculated after the application<br> of haircuts and, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets.    3<br> Includes cash and balances with central banks and other eligible balances as<br> prescribed by FINMA.    4 Calculated in accordance with FINMA requirements.

p

105

UBS Group AG consolidated

LCR development during the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly |

In the fourth quarter of 2020, the UBS Group LCR decreased 2 percentage points to 152%, remaining above the prudential requirement communicated by the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA).

The average LCR decrease was driven by increased net cash outflows from higher customer deposit outflows, which were mostly offset by increased HQLA due to higher holdings of liquidity buffer securities. p

Quarterly |

LIQ1: Liquidity coverage ratio **** **** **** **** **** ****
Average 4Q20^1^ Average 3Q20^1^ Average 4Q19^1^
billion, except where<br> indicated Unweighted value Weighted value^2^ Unweighted value Weighted value^2^ Unweighted value Weighted value^2^
High-quality liquid assets
1 218 214 214 211 169 166
Cash outflows
2 296 33 285 32 243 28
3 41 1 39 1 32 1
4 255 32 246 31 211 27
5 224 119 213 113 190 106
6 52 13 49 12 41 10
7 157 92 152 89 136 83
8 14 14 13 13 13 13
9 **** 73 70 74
10 88 27 90 28 63 22
11 45 18 49 19 32 14
12 0 0 0 0 1 1
13 43 9 41 9 31 7
14 13 11 12 10 14 12
15 256 6 264 7 238 6
16 **** 269 **** 261 **** 248
Cash inflows
17 314 81 298 76 307 81
18 71 33 70 32 65 29
19 15 15 15 15 13 13
20 400 128 384 123 385 123
Average 4Q20^1^ Average 3Q20^1^ Average 4Q19^1^
billion, except where<br> indicated **** Total adjusted value^4^ Total adjusted value^4^ Total adjusted value^4^
Liquidity coverage ratio
21 **** 214 211 166
22 **** 141 137 124
23 **** 152 **** 154 **** 134
1 Calculated based on an average of 63 data points in the fourth<br> quarter of 2020, 66 data points in the third quarter of 2020 and 64 data<br> points in the fourth quarter of 2019.    2 Calculated after the application<br> of haircuts and inflow and outflow rates.    3 Includes outflows related<br> to loss of funding on asset-backed securities, covered bonds, other<br> structured financing instruments, asset-backed commercial papers, structured<br> entities (conduits), securities investment vehicles and other such financing<br> facilities.    4 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and<br> outflow rates, as well as, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets and cash<br> inflows.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

106

Liquidity risk management

Annual | The table below presents an overview of risk management disclosures related to risks resulting from liquidity and funding activities that are provided separately in our Annual Report 2020. p

Annual |

LIQA – Liquidity risk management
Pillar 3 disclosure requirement Annual Report 2020 section Disclosure Annual Report 2020 page number
Liquidity risk management including risk tolerance and target /<br> limit setting, monitoring and reporting including policies and practices, as<br> well as governance and governance structure Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet – Strategy, objectives and governance 158
Funding risk strategy and management: objective, diversification<br> of funding sources, limits and targets approach Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet – Funding management 159–160
Liquidity risk management and strategy: objective,<br> diversification of liquid assets, limits and targets approach Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet – Liquidity management 158–159
Stress testing approach and stress scenario description Risk management and control – Stress testing 103–104
Contingency funding plan Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet – Contingency funding plan 159
Asset encumbrance (encumbered, unencumbered and assets that<br> cannot be pledged as collateral);<br><br> <br>unencumbered assets by currency, limitations on the transferability<br> of liquidity Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet – Asset encumbrance<br><br> <br>Unencumbered assets available to secure funding on a Group and /<br> or legal entity level by currency<br><br> <br>Trapped liquidity at Group level (High-quality liquid assets<br> paragraph) 163<br><br> <br><br><br> <br><br><br> <br>160
Maturity of assets and liabilities to provide a view on the balance<br> sheet and off-balance sheet structure Capital, liquidity and funding, and balance sheet – Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities 167

p

107

UBS Group AG consolidated

Section 15  Remuneration

Annual | Pillar 3 disclosures on remuneration are separately provided on pages 195 and 214–258 in our Annual Report 2020, available under “Annual reporting” at ubs.com/investors.  p

108

Section 16  Requirements for globalsystemically important banks and related indicators

Semi-annual | The Financial Stability Board (the FSB) has determined that UBS is a global systemically important bank (G-SIB), using an indicator-based methodology adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS). Banks that qualify as G-SIBs are required to disclose 12 indicators for assessing the systemic importance of G-SIBs as defined by the BCBS. These indicators are used for the G-SIB score calculation and cover five categories: size, cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness, substitutability / financial institution infrastructure, and complexity.

Based on the published indicators, G-SIBs are subject to additional CET1 capital buffer requirements in a range from 1.0% to 3.5%. In November 2020, the FSB determined that the requirement for UBS continues to be 1.0%. As our Swiss systemically relevant bank (SRB) Basel III capital requirements exceed the BCBS requirements including the G-SIB buffer, we are not affected by these additional G-SIB requirements.

In July 2018, the BCBS published a revised version of its assessment methodology. This will come into effect in 2022, based on end-2021 data, with the corresponding capital buffer requirement applied as of January 2024. We do not expect these changes to increase our additional CET1 capital buffer requirement.

We provide our G-SIB indicators as of 31 December 2019 under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors. Our G-SIB indicators as of 31 December 2020 will be published in July 2021 under “Pillar 3 disclosures” at ubs.com/investors. p

109

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Section 1 Introduction

The sections on the following pages include capital and other regulatory information as of 31 December 2020 for UBS AG standalone, UBS Switzerland AG standalone, UBS Europe SE consolidated and UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated. Capital information in this section is based on Pillar 1 capital requirements. Entities may be subject to significant additional Pillar 2 requirements, which represent additional amounts of capital considered necessary and agreed with regulators based on the risk profile of the entities.

Section 2  UBS AG standalone

Keymetrics of the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly | The table below is based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) Basel III rules. During the fourth quarter of 2020, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital decreased by USD 1.5 billion to USD 50.3 billion, mainly due to accruals for dividends to UBS Group AG, partly offset by operating profit. Tier 1 capital decreased by USD 1.4 billion to USD 64.7 billion, primarily driven by the aforementioned decrease in CET1 capital.

Risk-weighted assets (RWA) decreased by USD 3.4 billion to USD 305.6 billion during the fourth quarter of 2020, primarily driven by decreases in market risk and operational risk RWA, partly offset by an increase in credit risk and participation RWA. Leverage ratio exposure increased by USD 7 billion to USD 595 billion, mainly driven by on-balance sheet exposures (excluding securities financing transactions (SFTs) and derivatives), partly offset by lower SFTs and derivatives.

Average high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) decreased by USD 4.5 billion, driven by a reduction of average cash balances due to an increase in business division funding requirements. Average total net cash outflows remained stable. p

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics **** **** **** **** ****
million, except where indicated
31.12.20 30.9.20 30.6.20 31.3.20 31.12.19
Available capital (amounts)
1 50,269 51,793 51,810 48,998 49,521
1a 50,266 51,791 51,808 48,994 49,518
2 64,699 66,145 65,361 62,382 63,893
2a 64,696 66,143 65,359 62,379 63,891
3 69,639 71,020 70,612 68,130 69,576
3a 69,636 71,018 70,610 68,127 69,574
Risk-weighted assets (amounts) ****
4 305,575 309,019 310,752 317,621 287,999
4a 24,446 24,722 24,860 25,410 23,040
4b 305,575 309,019 310,752 317,621 287,999
Risk-based capital ratios as a<br> percentage of RWA ****
5 16.45 16.76 16.67 15.43 17.19
5a 16.45 16.76 16.67 15.43 17.19
6 21.17 21.40 21.03 19.64 22.19
6a 21.17 21.40 21.03 19.64 22.18
7 22.79 22.98 22.72 21.45 24.16
7a 22.79 22.98 22.72 21.45 24.16
Additional CET1 buffer<br> requirements as a percentage of RWA ****
8 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50
9 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.07
9a ****
10 ****
11 2.51 2.52 2.52 2.51 2.57
12 11.95 12.26 12.17 10.93 12.69
Basel III leverage ratio4 ****
13 595,017 588,204 573,741 574,692 589,127
14 10.87 11.25 11.39 10.85 10.85
14a 10.87 11.24 11.39 10.85 10.84
Liquidity coverage ratio5 ****
15 83,905 88,424 91,877 67,963 73,805
16 52,851 52,463 52,209 48,320 53,960
17 159 169 178 141 137
1 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the<br> transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1<br> capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital –<br> banks.”    2 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum<br> requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    3 Swiss SRB going<br> concern requirements and information for UBS AG standalone are provided on<br> the following pages in this section.    4 The temporary exemption<br> granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 had no net effect on UBS AG<br> standalone. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of<br> this report and to the next page in this section for more information.   <br> 5 Calculated based on quarterly average. Refer to “Liquidity coverage ratio”<br> in this section for more information.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

112

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

UBS AG standalone is considered a systemically relevant bank (an SRB) under Swiss banking law and is subject to capital regulations on a standalone basis.

The capital requirements based on RWA include a minimum CET1 capital requirement of 9.64% plus the effects from countercyclical buffers (CCyBs), and a total going concern capital requirement of 13.94% plus the effects from CCyBs. The capital requirements based on the leverage ratio denominator (the LRD) include a minimum CET1 capital requirement of 3.375% and a total going concern leverage ratio requirement of 4.875%.

CET1 and high-trigger additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments are eligible as going concern capital. As of 30 June 2020, the two low-trigger AT1 capital instruments, amounting to USD 2.5 billion, that were on-lent from UBS Group AG to UBS AG after the new Swiss SRB framework had been implemented, qualify as going concern capital, as agreed with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA).

Starting from 1 January 2020, UBS AG standalone is subject to a gone concern capital requirement based on the sum of: (i) its third-party exposure on a standalone basis; (ii) a buffer requirement equal to 30% of the Group’s gone concern capital requirement on UBS AG’s consolidated exposure; and (iii) the nominal value of the gone concern instruments issued by UBS entities and held by the parent bank. A transitional period until 2024 has been granted for the buffer requirement. The gone concern capital coverage ratio reflects how much gone concern capital is available to meet the gone concern requirement. Outstanding high- and low-trigger loss-absorbing tier 2 capital instruments, non-Basel III-compliant tier 2 capital instruments and total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC)-eligible senior unsecured debt instruments are eligible to meet gone concern requirements until one year before maturity.

FINMA granted relief concerning the regulatory capital requirements of UBS AG on a standalone basis by means of decrees issued on 20 December 2013 and 20 October 2017, the latter effective as of 1 July 2017 and partly replacing the former.

For direct and indirect investments, including holding of regulatory capital instruments of UBS AG in subsidiaries that are active in banking and finance, the FINMA decree introduced a risk-weighting approach, with a phase-in period until 1 January 2028. Starting from 1 July 2017, these investments were risk- weighted at 200%. From 1 January 2019 onward, the risk weights are being gradually raised by 5 percentage points per year for Switzerland-domiciled investments and by 20 percentage points per year for foreign-domiciled investments until the fully applied risk weights are 250% and 400%, respectively.

In connection with COVID-19, FINMA has permitted banks to temporarily exclude central bank sight deposits from the LRD for the purpose of calculating going concern ratios. This exemption applied until 1 January 2021. Applicable dividends or similar distributions approved by shareholders after 25 March 2020 reduce the relief by the LRD equivalent of the capital distribution. This exemption had no net effect on UBS AG standalone as of 31 December 2020.

›    Refer to the “Introduction andbasis for preparation” section of this report for more information about therevised gone concern requirements and theCOVID-19-related temporary regulatory measures

113

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

The tables below and on the next page provide details of the Swiss systematically relevant bank (SRB) RWA- and LRD-based going and gone concern requirements and information as required by FINMA; details on eligible gone concern instruments are provided on the next page.

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information
As of 31.12.20 RWA, phase-in RWA, fully applied as of 1.1.28 LRD^1^
USD million, except where indicated in % **** in % **** in % ****
Required going concern capital **** **** **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 13.95^2^ 42,638 13.95^2^ 52,926 4.88^2^ 29,007
Common equity tier 1 capital 9.65 29,499 9.65 36,616 3.38 20,082
of which: minimum capital 4.50 13,751 4.50 17,069 1.50 8,925
of which: buffer capital 5.14 15,707 5.14 19,496 1.88 11,157
of which: countercyclical buffer 0.01 41 0.01 51
Maximum additional tier 1 capital 4.30 13,140 4.30 16,310 1.50 8,925
of which: additional tier 1 capital 3.50 10,695 3.50 13,276 1.50 8,925
of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital 0.80 2,445 0.80 3,034
Eligible going concern capital **** **** **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 21.17 64,699 17.06 64,699 10.87 64,699
Common equity tier 1 capital 16.45 50,269 13.25 50,269 8.45 50,269
Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 4.72 14,430 3.80 14,430 2.43 14,430
of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 3.88 11,854 3.13 11,854 1.99 11,854
of which: low-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 0.84 2,575 0.68 2,575 0.43 2,575
Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator **** **** **** **** **** ****
Risk-weighted assets **** 305,575 **** 379,307 **** ****
Leverage ratio denominator **** **** **** **** **** 595,017
Required gone concern capital^3^ Higher of RWA- or LRD-based
Total gone concern loss-absorbing requirement **** 33,547
Eligible gone concern capital ****
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity **** 45,520
Gone concern coverage capital ratio 135.69 ****
1 LRD-based requirements and the LRD presented in this table do<br> not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by<br> FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for<br> preparation” section of this report for more information.    2 Includes<br> applicable add-ons of 1.08% for RWA and 0.375% for LRD.    3 From 1 January<br> 2020 onward, a maximum of 25% of the gone concern requirements can<br> be met with instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two<br> years. Once at least 75% of the minimum gone concern requirement has been met<br> with instruments that have a remaining maturity of greater than two years,<br> all instruments that have a remaining maturity of between one and two years<br> remain eligible to be included in the total gone concern capital.

p

114

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern<br> information
million, except where<br> indicated 30.9.20 31.12.19
Eligible going concern<br> capital **** ****
Total going concern capital 66,145 61,479
Total tier 1 capital 66,145 61,479
Common equity tier 1 capital 51,793 49,521
Total loss-absorbing<br> additional tier 1 capital 14,352 11,958
of which: high-trigger<br> loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 11,816 11,958
of which: low-trigger<br> loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 2,536
Eligible gone concern<br> capital **** ****
Total gone concern<br> loss-absorbing capacity 43,236 ****
Total tier 2 capital 7,649 ****
of which: low-trigger<br> loss-absorbing tier 2 capital 7,120
of which: non-Basel<br> III-compliant tier 2 capital 529
TLAC-eligible senior unsecured<br> debt 35,587 ****
Total loss-absorbing<br> capacity **** ****
Total loss-absorbing capacity 109,381 61,479
Risk-weighted assets /<br> leverage ratio denominator **** ****
Risk-weighted assets, phase-in 309,019 287,999
of which: direct and indirect<br> investments in Switzerland-domiciled subsidiaries1 36,047 34,418
of which: direct and indirect<br> investments in foreign-domiciled subsidiaries1 106,200 96,307
Risk-weighted assets, fully applied as of 1.1.28 386,685 374,351
of which: direct and indirect<br> investments in Switzerland-domiciled subsidiaries1 42,914 41,973
of which: direct and indirect investments<br> in foreign-domiciled subsidiaries1 177,000 175,104
Leverage ratio denominator2 588,204 589,127
Capital and loss-absorbing<br> capacity ratios (%) **** ****
Going concern capital ratio, phase-in 21.4 23.1
of which: common equity tier 1<br> capital ratio, phase-in 16.8 17.2
Going concern capital ratio, fully applied as of 1.1.28 17.1 16.4
of which: common equity tier 1<br> capital ratio, fully applied as of 1.1.28 13.4 13.2
Leverage ratios (%)2 **** ****
Going concern leverage ratio, phase-in 11.3
Going concern leverage ratio, fully applied as of 1.1.20 11.2 10.4
of which: common equity tier 1<br> leverage ratio, fully applied as of 1.1.20 8.8 8.4
Gone concern capital<br> coverage ratio (%) **** ****
Gone concern capital coverage ratio 132.0
1 Carrying amounts for direct and indirect investments including<br> holding of regulatory capital instruments in Switzerland-domiciled<br> subsidiaries (31 December 2020:  18,271 million;<br> 30 September 2020:  17,165 million; 31 December 2019: <br> 16,789 million) and for direct and indirect investments including holding of<br> regulatory capital instruments in foreign-domiciled subsidiaries (31 December<br> 2020:  41,515 million; 30 September 2020:<br>  44,250 million; 31 December 2019: 43,776 million) are risk-weighted<br> at 210% and 240%, respectively, for the current year<br> (31 December 2019: 205% and 220%, respectively).    2 Leverage<br> ratio denominators (LRDs) and leverage ratios in this table do not reflect<br> the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA in<br> connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for<br> preparation” section of this report for more information. The effects of the<br> temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 are<br> presented under “Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and<br> information” in this section.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

115

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Leverage ratioinformation

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB leverage ratio denominator^1^
USD billion 31.12.20 30.9.20 31.12.19
Leverage ratio denominator
Swiss GAAP total assets 509.0 499.8 478.9
Difference between Swiss GAAP and IFRS total assets 160.0 145.6 122.3
Less: derivative exposures and SFTs^2^ (271.8) (265.7) (220.4)
Less: funding provided to significant regulated subsidiaries<br> eligible as gone concern capital (20.2) (19.5)
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivative exposures and SFTs) 377.0 360.2 380.8
Derivative exposures 98.2 101.4 94.8
Securities financing transactions 99.4 104.8 92.6
Off-balance sheet items 21.6 22.7 21.7
Items deducted from Swiss SRB tier 1 capital (1.2) (0.9) (0.8)
Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator) 595.0 588.2 589.1
1 The temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19<br> had no net effect on UBS AG standalone.    2 Consists of derivative financial<br> instruments, cash collateral receivables on derivative instruments,<br> receivables from securities financing transactions, and margin loans, as well<br> as prime brokerage receivables and financial assets at fair value not held<br> for trading, both related to securities financing transactions, in accordance<br> with the regulatory scope of consolidation, which are presented separately<br> under Derivative exposures and Securities financing transactions in this<br> table.

p

Liquidity coverage ratio

Quarterly | In the fourth quarter of 2020, the UBS AG liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) was 159%, remaining above the prudential requirements communicated by FINMA. p

Quarterly |

Liquidity coverage ratio
Weighted value^1^
USD billion, except where indicated Average 4Q20^2^ Average 4Q19^2^
High-quality liquid assets 84 74
Total net cash outflows 53 54
of which: cash outflows 166 160
of which: cash inflows 113 106
Liquidity coverage ratio (%) 159 137
1 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and<br> outflow rates, as well as, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets and cash<br> inflows.    2 Calculated based on an average of 63 data points in the fourth<br> quarter of 2020 and 64 data points in the fourth quarter of 2019.

p

116

Section 3  UBS Switzerland AG standalone

Keymetrics of the fourth quarter of 2020

Quarterly | The table below is based on the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the BCBS) Basel III rules.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital increased by CHF 0.2 billion, mainly as a result of operating profit, partly offset by additional accruals for dividends. Tier 1 capital increased by CHF 0.7 billion, reflecting a new issuance of CHF 500 million of an additional tier 1 capital instrument and the aforementioned increase in the CET1 capital. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) remained largely stable at CHF 107.3 billion. Leverage ratio exposure increased by CHF 8 billion, mainly driven by on-balance sheet exposures excluding securities financing transactions and derivatives.

Average high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) increased by CHF 4.7 billion, driven by greater average cash balances. Average total net cash outflows increased by CHF 2.1 billion, due to increased net cash outflows in average customer deposit outflows. p

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics **** **** **** **** ****
CHF million, except where indicated
**** **** 31.12.20 30.9.20 30.6.20 31.3.20 31.12.19
Available capital (amounts)
1 Common equity tier 1 (CET1) 12,234 11,992 11,776 11,427 10,895
1a Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET1^1^ 12,233 11,989 11,774 11,422 10,890
2 Tier 1 17,410 16,683 16,479 16,137 15,606
2a Fully loaded ECL accounting model tier 1^1^ 17,409 16,680 16,476 16,132 15,601
3 Total capital 17,410 16,683 16,479 16,137 15,606
3a Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital^1^ 17,409 16,680 16,476 16,132 15,601
Risk-weighted assets (amounts) ****
4 Total risk-weighted assets (RWA) 107,253 107,066 105,304 104,489 99,667
4a Minimum capital requirement^2^ 8,580 8,565 8,424 8,359 7,973
4b Total risk-weighted assets (pre-floor) 92,164 92,755 92,740 92,981 89,234
Risk-based capital ratios as a percentage of RWA ****
5 Common equity tier 1 ratio (%) 11.41 11.20 11.18 10.94 10.93
5a Fully loaded ECL accounting model CET1 ratio (%)^1^ 11.41 11.20 11.18 10.93 10.93
6 Tier 1 ratio (%) 16.23 15.58 15.65 15.44 15.66
6a Fully loaded ECL accounting model tier 1 ratio (%)^1^ 16.23 15.58 15.65 15.44 15.65
7 Total capital ratio (%) 16.23 15.58 15.65 15.44 15.66
7a Fully loaded ECL accounting model total capital ratio (%)^1^ 16.23 15.58 15.65 15.44 15.65
Additional CET1 buffer requirements as a percentage of RWA ****
8 Capital conservation buffer requirement (2.5% from 2019) (%) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50
9 Countercyclical buffer requirement (%) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01
9a Additional countercyclical buffer for Swiss mortgage loans (%) **** 0.57
10 Bank G-SIB and / or D-SIB additional requirements (%)^3^ ****
11 Total of bank CET1-specific buffer requirements (%) 2.51 2.51 2.51 2.51 2.51
12 CET1 available after meeting the bank’s minimum capital<br> requirements (%) 6.91 6.70 6.68 6.44 6.43
Basel III leverage ratio^4^ ****
13 Total Basel III leverage ratio exposure measure 335,251 327,113 323,068 317,071 302,304
14 Basel III leverage ratio (%) 5.19 5.10 5.10 5.09 5.16
14a Fully loaded ECL accounting model Basel III leverage ratio (%)^1^ 5.19 5.10 5.10 5.09 5.16
Liquidity coverage ratio^5^ ****
15 Total HQLA 91,909 87,254 85,180 74,602 67,105
16 Total net cash outflow 62,074 59,930 61,847 53,059 51,561
17 LCR (%) 148 146 138 141 130
1 The fully loaded ECL accounting model excludes the<br> transitional relief of recognizing ECL allowances and provisions in CET1<br> capital in accordance with FINMA Circular 2013/1 “Eligible capital –<br> banks.”    2 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital<br> minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    3 Swiss SRB<br> going and gone concern requirements and information for UBS Switzerland AG<br> are provided on the next page.    4 Leverage ratio exposures and<br> leverage ratios for the respective periods in 2020 do not reflect the effects<br> of the temporary exemption that has been granted by FINMA in connection with<br> COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of<br> this report and to “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA<br> exemption of central bank sight deposits” in this section for more<br> information.    5 Calculated based on quarterly average. Refer to<br> “Liquidity coverage ratio” in this section for more information.

p

117

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information

Quarterly | UBS Switzerland AG is considered a systemically relevant bank (an SRB) under Swiss banking law and is subject to capital regulations on a standalone basis. As of 31 December 2020, the going concern capital and leverage ratio requirements for UBS Switzerland AG standalone were 13.95%, including a countercyclical buffer of 0.01%, and 4.875%, respectively. The gone concern requirements were 8.64% for the RWA-based requirement and 3.02% for the leverage ratio denominator (LRD)-based requirement.

The Swiss SRB framework and requirements applicable to UBS Switzerland AG standalone are the same as those applicable to UBS Group AG consolidated, with the exception of a lower gone concern requirement effective from 1 January 2020, corresponding to 62% of the Group’s gone concern requirement (before applicable reductions). p

In connection with COVID-19, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) has permitted banks to temporarily exclude central bank sight deposits from the LRD for the purpose of calculating going concern ratios. This exemption applied until 1 January 2021. Applicable dividends or similar distributions approved by shareholders after 25 March 2020 reduce the relief by the LRD equivalent of the capital distribution, except where dividends are paid to a regulated Swiss parent company or to an unregulated Swiss parent company that in turn pays no dividend. UBS Switzerland AG was eligible to reduce its LRD by USD 80 billion to USD 255 billion as of 31 December 2020.

›    Refer to the “Introduction and basis for preparation” section ofthis report for more information about loss-absorbing capacity, leverage ratiorequirements and gone concern rebate

›    Refer to “Additional information” in the “Capital, liquidity andfunding, and balance sheet” section of our Annual Report 2020 for moreinformation about the joint liability of UBS AG and UBS Switzerland AG

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern requirements and information
As of 31.12.20 RWA LRD^1^
CHF million, except where indicated in % **** in % ****
Required going concern capital **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 13.95^2^ 14,961 4.88^2^ 16,343
Common equity tier 1 capital 9.65 10,349 3.38 11,315
of which: minimum capital 4.50 4,826 1.50 5,029
of which: buffer capital 5.14 5,513 1.88 6,286
of which: countercyclical buffer 0.01 9
Maximum additional tier 1 capital 4.30 4,612 1.50 5,029
of which: additional tier 1 capital 3.50 3,754 1.50 5,029
of which: additional tier 1 buffer capital 0.80 858
Eligible going concern capital **** **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 16.23 17,410 5.19 17,410
Common equity tier 1 capital 11.41 12,234 3.65 12,234
Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 4.83 5,176 1.54 5,176
of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 4.83 5,176 1.54 5,176
Required gone concern capital^3^ **** **** **** ****
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity 8.64 9,270 3.02 10,133
of which: base requirement 7.97 8,551 2.79 9,354
of which: additional requirement for market share and LRD 0.67 718 0.23 779
Eligible gone concern capital **** **** **** ****
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity 10.09 10,824 3.23 10,824
TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt 10.09 10,824 3.23 10,824
Total loss-absorbing capacity **** **** **** ****
Required total loss-absorbing capacity 22.59 24,230 7.90 26,476
Eligible total loss-absorbing capacity 26.32 28,234 8.42 28,234
Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator
Risk-weighted assets **** 107,253 **** ****
Leverage ratio denominator **** **** **** 335,251
1 LRD-based requirements and the LRD presented in this table do<br> not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted by<br> FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis for<br> preparation” section of this report for more information. The effects of the<br> temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 are<br> presented on the next page.    2 Includes applicable add-ons of 1.08%<br> for RWA and 0.375% for LRD.    3 From 1 January 2020 onward, a maximum of 25%<br> of the gone concern requirements can be met with instruments that<br> have a remaining maturity of between one and two years. Once at least 75% of<br> the minimum gone concern requirement has been met with instruments that have<br> a remaining maturity of greater than two years, all instruments that have a<br> remaining maturity of between one and two years remain eligible to be<br> included in the total gone concern capital.

p

118

Application ofthe temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central bank sight deposits

The table below summarizes the effects of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption on our Swiss SRB going concern capital requirements and information. The FINMA exemption rules that applied until 1 January 2021 had no effect on our Swiss SRB gone concern capital requirements and ratios.

The LRD is the same under Swiss SRB and BCBS rules, therefore the LRD after the aforementioned temporary FINMA exemption under BCBS rules is identical to the Swiss SRB number presented in the table below. The BCBS Basel III leverage ratio was 6.83% after considering the temporary FINMA exemption.

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going concern requirements and information including temporary FINMA exemption
As of 31.12.20 LRD
CHF million, except where indicated in % ****
Leverage ratio denominator before temporary exemption **** 335,251
Effective relief **** (80,494)
of which: central bank sight deposits eligible for relief **** (80,494)
Leverage ratio denominator after temporary exemption **** 254,757
Required going concern capital **** ****
Total going concern capital 4.88 12,419
Common equity tier 1 capital 3.38 8,598
Eligible going concern capital **** ****
Total going concern capital 6.83 17,410
Common equity tier 1 capital 4.80 12,234

p

119

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Swiss SRBloss-absorbing capacity

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB going and gone concern information
CHF million, except where indicated 31.12.20 30.9.20 31.12.19
Eligible going concern capital **** **** ****
Total going concern capital 17,410 16,683 15,606
Total tier 1 capital 17,410 16,683 15,606
Common equity tier 1 capital 12,234 11,992 10,895
Total loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 5,176 4,692 4,711
of which: high-trigger loss-absorbing additional tier 1 capital 5,176 4,692 4,711
Eligible gone concern capital **** **** ****
Total gone concern loss-absorbing capacity 10,824 10,863 10,915
TLAC-eligible senior unsecured debt 10,824 10,863 10,915
Total loss-absorbing capacity **** **** ****
Total loss-absorbing capacity 28,234 27,547 26,521
Risk-weighted assets / leverage ratio denominator **** **** ****
Risk-weighted assets 107,253 107,066 99,667
Leverage ratio denominator^1^ 335,251 327,113 302,304
Capital and loss-absorbing capacity ratios (%) **** **** ****
Going concern capital ratio 16.2 15.6 15.7
of which: common equity tier 1 capital ratio 11.4 11.2 10.9
Gone concern loss-absorbing capacity ratio 10.1 10.1 11.0
Total loss-absorbing capacity ratio 26.3 25.7 26.6
Leverage ratios (%)^1^ **** **** ****
Going concern leverage ratio 5.2 5.1 5.2
of which: common equity tier 1 leverage ratio 3.6 3.7 3.6
Gone concern leverage ratio 3.2 3.3 3.6
Total loss-absorbing capacity leverage ratio 8.4 8.4 8.8
1 Leverage ratio denominators (LRDs) and leverage ratios in this<br> table do not reflect the effects of the temporary exemption that has been granted<br> by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the “Introduction and basis<br> for preparation” section of this report for more information. The effects of<br> the temporary exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19 are<br> presented in the preceding table.

p

120

Leverage ratio information

Quarterly |

Swiss SRB leverage ratio denominator^1^ **** **** ****
CHF billion 31.12.20 30.9.20 31.12.19
Leverage ratio denominator
Swiss GAAP total assets 316.8 307.9 285.0
Difference between Swiss GAAP and IFRS total assets 4.5 4.3 3.6
Less: derivative exposures and SFTs^2^ (10.6) (9.5) (17.3)
On-balance sheet exposures (excluding derivative exposures and SFTs) 310.7 302.8 271.3
Derivative exposures 5.7 6.2 4.4
Securities financing transactions 3.8 3.0 12.7
Off-balance sheet items 15.2 15.3 14.2
Items deducted from Swiss SRB tier 1 capital (0.2) (0.2) (0.3)
Total exposures (leverage ratio denominator) 335.3 327.1 302.3
1 This table does not reflect the effects of the temporary<br> exemption granted by FINMA in connection with COVID-19. Refer to the<br> “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report and to<br> “Application of the temporary COVID-19-related FINMA exemption of central<br> bank sight deposits” in this section for more information.    2 Consists of<br> derivative financial instruments, cash collateral receivables on derivative<br> instruments, receivables from securities financing transactions, and margin<br> loans, as well as prime brokerage receivables and financial assets at fair<br> value not held for trading, both related to securities financing<br> transactions, in accordance with the regulatory scope of consolidation, which<br> are presented separately under Derivative exposures and Securities financing<br> transactions in this table.

p

Liquidity coverage ratio

Quarterly | In the fourth quarter of 2020, the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) of UBS Switzerland AG, which is a Swiss SRB, was 148%, remaining above the prudential requirement communicated by FINMA in connection with the Swiss Emergency Plan. p

Quarterly |

Liquidity coverage ratio **** ****
Weighted value^1^
CHF billion, except where indicated Average 4Q20^2^ Average 4Q19^2^
High-quality liquid assets 92 67
Total net cash outflows 62 52
of which: cash outflows 89 84
of which: cash inflows 27 33
Liquidity coverage ratio (%) 148 130
1 Calculated after the application of haircuts and inflow and<br> outflow rates, as well as, where applicable, caps on Level 2 assets and cash<br> inflows.    2 Calculated based on an average of 63 data points in the fourth<br> quarter of 2020 and 64 data points in the fourth quarter of 2019.

p

121

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Capitalinstruments

Quarterly |

Capital instruments of UBS Switzerland AG – key features **** **** **** ****
Presented according to issuance date.
**** **** Share capital Additional tier 1 capital
1 Issuer UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland UBS Switzerland AG, Switzerland
1a Instrument number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 Unique identifier (e.g., CUSIP, ISIN or Bloomberg identifier for<br> private placement) – –
3 Governing law(s) of the instrument Swiss Swiss
3a Means by which enforceability requirement of Section 13 of the<br> TLAC Term Sheet is achieved (for other TLAC-eligible instruments governed by<br> foreign law) n/a n/a
Regulatory treatment
4 Transitional Basel III rules^1^ CET1 – Going concern capital Additional tier 1 capital
5 Post-transitional Basel III rules^2^ CET1 – Going concern capital Additional tier 1 capital
6 Eligible at solo / group / group and solo UBS Switzerland AG consolidated and standalone UBS Switzerland AG consolidated and standalone
7 Instrument type (types to be specified by each jurisdiction) Ordinary shares Loan^3^
8 Amount recognized in regulatory capital (currency in millions,<br> as of most recent reporting date)^1^ CHF 10.0 CHF 1,500 CHF 500 CHF 1,000 CHF 825 USD 425 CHF 475 CHF 500
9 Par value of instrument CHF 10.0 CHF 1,500 CHF 500 CHF 1,000 CHF 825 USD 425 CHF 475 CHF 500
10 Accounting classification^4^ Equity attributable to UBS Switzerland AG shareholders Due to banks held at amortized cost
11 Original date of issuance – 1 April 2015 11 March 2016 18 December 2017 12 December 2018 12 December 2018 11 December 2019 29 October 2020
12 Perpetual or dated – Perpetual
13 Original maturity date – –
14 Issuer call subject to prior supervisory approval – Yes
15 Optional call date, contingent call dates and redemption amount – First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>1 April 2020 First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>11 March 2021 First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>18 December 2022 First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>12 December 2023 First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>12 December 2023 First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>11 December 2024 First optional repayment date:<br><br> <br>29 October 2025
Repayable at any time after the first optional repayment date.<br><br> <br>Repayment subject to FINMA approval. Optional repayment amount:<br> principal amount, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon
16 Subsequent call dates, if applicable – Early repayment possible due to a tax or regulatory event.<br> Repayment due to tax event subject to FINMA approval.<br><br> <br>Repayment amount: principal amount, together with accrued and<br> unpaid interest

p

122

Quarterly |

Capital instruments of UBS Switzerland AG – key features (continued) **** **** **** ****
Coupons
17 Fixed or floating dividend / coupon – Floating
18 Coupon rate and any related index – 6-month CHF LIBOR<br><br> <br>+ 370 bps<br><br> <br>per annum<br><br> <br>semi-annually 3-month CHF LIBOR<br><br> <br>+ 459 bps<br><br> <br>per annum quarterly 3-month CHF LIBOR<br><br> <br>+ 250 bps<br><br> <br>per annum quarterly 3-month CHF LIBOR<br><br> <br>+ 489 bps<br><br> <br>per annum quarterly 3-month USD LIBOR<br><br> <br>+ 547 bps<br><br> <br>per annum quarterly 3-month CHF LIBOR<br><br> <br>+ 433 bps<br><br> <br>per annum quarterly 3-month CHF SARON<br><br> <br>+ 397 bps<br><br> <br>per annum quarterly
19 Existence of a dividend stopper – No
20 Fully discretionary, partially discretionary or mandatory Fully discretionary Fully discretionary
21 Existence of step-up or other incentive to redeem – No
22 Non-cumulative or cumulative Non-cumulative Non-cumulative
23 Convertible or non-convertible – Non-convertible
24 If convertible, conversion trigger(s) – –
25 If convertible, fully or partially – –
26 If convertible, conversion rate – –
27 If convertible, mandatory or optional conversion – –
28 If convertible, specify instrument type convertible into – –
29 If convertible, specify issuer of instrument it converts into – –
30 Write-down feature – Yes
31 If write-down, write-down trigger(s) – Trigger: CET1 ratio is less than 7%
FINMA determines a write-down necessary to ensure UBS<br> Switzerland AG’s viability; or UBS Switzerland AG receives a commitment of<br> governmental support that FINMA determines necessary to ensure UBS<br> Switzerland AG‘s viability.<br><br> <br>Subject to applicable conditions
32 If write-down, fully or partially – Fully
33 If write-down, permanent or temporary – Permanent
34 If temporary write-down, description of write-up mechanism – –
34a Type of subordination Statutory Contractual
35 Position in subordination hierarchy in liquidation (specify<br> instrument type immediately<br><br> <br>senior to instrument in the insolvency creditor hierarchy of the<br> legal entity concerned) Unless otherwise stated in the articles of association, once<br> debts are paid back, the assets of the liquidated company are divided between<br> the shareholders pro rata based on their contributions and considering the<br> preferences attached to certain categories of shares (Art. 745, Swiss<br> Code of Obligations) Subject to any obligations that are mandatorily preferred by<br> law, all obligations of UBS Switzerland AG that are unsubordinated or that<br> are subordinated and do not rank junior, such as all classes of share<br> capital, or at par, such as tier 1 instruments
36 Non-compliant transitioned features – –
37 If yes, specify non-compliant features – –
1 Based on Swiss SRB (including transitional arrangement)<br> requirements.    2 Based on Swiss SRB requirements applicable as of 1 January<br> 2020.    3 Loans granted by UBS AG, Switzerland.    4 As applied in UBS<br> Switzerland AG‘s financial statements under Swiss GAAP.

p

123

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Section 4  UBS Europe SE consolidated

Quarterly | The table below provides information about the regulatory capital components, capital ratios, leverage ratio and liquidity of UBS Europe SE consolidated based on the Pillar 1 requirements.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital and risk-weighted assets (RWA) remained stable. Leverage ratio exposure decreased by EUR 2.0 billion to EUR 41.4 billion, mainly reflecting a decrease in high-quality liquid asset (HQLA)-eligible bonds, securities financing transactions and other cash balances, partially offset by an increase in cash held at central banks.

The average liquidity coverage ratio increased by 7%, with a EUR 0.8 billion increase in high-quality liquid assets, primarily due to expectation of potential liquidity volatility around year-end.

Entities may also be subject to significant Pillar 2 requirements, which represent additional amounts of capital considered necessary and agreed with regulators based on the risk profile of the entities. p

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics1,2,3 **** **** ****
million, except where<br> indicated
31.12.20 30.9.20 30.6.20^4^ 31.3.20^4^ 31.12.19^4^
Available capital (amounts)
1 3,703 3,728 3,736 3,603 3,691
2 3,993 4,018 4,026 3,893 3,981
3 3,993 4,018 4,026 3,893 3,981
Risk-weighted assets (amounts) **** **** **** **** ****
4 13,175 13,285 13,559 15,154 15,146
4a 1,054 1,063 1,085 1,212 1,212
Risk-based capital ratios as a<br> percentage of RWA **** **** **** **** ****
5 28.1 28.1 27.6 23.8 24.4
6 30.3 30.2 29.7 25.7 26.3
7 30.3 30.2 29.7 25.7 26.3
Additional CET1 buffer<br> requirements as a percentage of RWA **** **** **** **** ****
8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.3
10 ****
11 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.8
12 22.3 22.2 21.7 17.7 18.3
Basel III leverage ratio **** **** **** **** ****
13 41,376 43,371 42,172 49,004 41,924
14 9.7 9.3 9.6 7.9 9.5
Liquidity coverage ratio8 **** **** **** **** ****
15 17,074 16,257 15,540 14,839 14,393
16 11,334 11,276 11,062 10,457 9,976
17 151 144 141 142 147
1 Based on applicable EU Basel III rules.    2 As a<br> result of the cross-border merger of UBS Limited into UBS Europe SE effective<br> 1 March 2019, UBS Europe SE became a significant regulated subsidiary of<br> UBS Group AG. The size, scope and business model of the merged entity is now<br> materially different.    3 There is no local disclosure requirement for<br> the net stable funding ratio as at 31 December 2020.    4 Comparative<br> figures have been restated to align with the UBS Europe SE Pillar 3<br> report and other regulatory reports as submitted to the European Central Bank<br> (the ECB), which reflect the ECB’s recommendation to EU financial<br> institutions to refrain from making capital distributions until the ECB<br> changes its guidance on dividend payments.    5 Calculated as 8% of<br> total RWA, based on total capital minimum requirements, excluding CET1 buffer<br> requirements.    6 This represents the CET1 ratio that is available for<br> meeting buffer requirements. It is calculated as the CET1 ratio minus 4.5%<br> and after considering, where applicable, CET1 capital that has been used to<br> meet tier 1 and / or total capital ratio requirements under Pillar 1.   <br> 7 On the basis of tier 1 capital.    8 Figures as of 31 December<br> 2020, 30 September 2020, 30 June 2020 and 31 March 2020 are<br> based on a twelve-month average. Comparative figures as of 31 December<br> 2019 are based on a ten-month average rather than a twelve-month average, as<br> data produced on the same basis is only available for the period since the<br> cross-border merger.

All values are in Euros.

p

124

Section 5  UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated

Quarterly | The table below provides information about the regulatory capital components and capital ratios, as well as the leverage ratio, of UBS Americas Holding LLC consolidated, based on the Pillar 1 requirements and in accordance with US Basel III rules.

Effective 1 October 2020, UBS Americas Holding LLC is subject to a stress capital buffer (an SCB) of 6.7%, in addition to the minimum capital requirements. The SCB was determined by the Federal Reserve Board following the completion of the annual Dodd–Frank Act Stress Testing (DFAST) and the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (and based on DFAST results and planned future dividends). The SCB, which replaces the static capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, is subject to change on an annual basis or as otherwise determined by the Federal Reserve Board.

During the fourth quarter of 2020, common equity tier 1 (CET1) remained stable. Risk-weighted assets (RWA) decreased by USD 1.2 billion to USD 63.9 billion, mainly driven by a decrease in credit risk RWA. Leverage ratio exposure, calculated on an average basis, increased by USD 6.6 billion to USD 154.6 billion. The increase was due to a USD 6.1 billion increase in average assets, resulting from increases in cash held at Federal Reserve Banks and lending exposure, and a USD 0.4 billion decrease in tier 1 capital deductions due to a net decrease in deferred tax assets.

Entities may also be subject to significant Pillar 2 requirements, which represent additional amounts of capital considered necessary and agreed with regulators based on the risk profile of the entities. p

Quarterly |

KM1: Key metrics1,2 **** **** **** ****
million, except where indicated
31.12.20^3^ 30.9.20^3^ 30.6.20^3,4^ 31.3.20^4^ 31.12.19^4^
Available capital (amounts)
1 14,384 13,840 13,535 11,932 11,896
2 17,431 16,883 16,578 14,980 14,944
3 18,166 17,626 17,344 15,735 15,658
Risk-weighted assets (amounts) ****
4 63,929 65,084 64,351 53,812 54,057
4a 5,114 5,207 5,148 4,305 4,325
Risk-based capital ratios as a<br> percentage of RWA ****
5 22.5 21.3 21.0 22.2 22.0
6 27.3 25.9 25.8 27.8 27.6
7 28.4 27.1 27.0 29.2 29.0
Additional CET1 buffer<br> requirements as a percentage of RWA ****
8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
8a 6.7
9 ****
10 ****
11 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
11a 6.7
12 18.0 16.8 16.5 17.7 17.5
Basel III leverage ratio ****
13 154,609 148,038 146,652 135,534 127,290
14 11.3 11.4 11.3 11.1 11.7
14a 150,019 150,609 147,683
14b 11.6 11.2 11.2
1 The adoption of ASU 2019-12 in the second quarter of 2020<br> resulted in a retrospective removal of cumulative tax expense and related<br> balances pertaining to UBS Americas Holding LLC within the IHC tax group  for<br> financial reporting purposes. For the purpose of regulatory reporting, this<br> accounting change has been applied prospectively and the corresponding<br> comparative regulatory key figures have not been restated.    2 There is<br> no local disclosure requirement for liquidity coverage ratio or net stable<br> funding ratio for UBS Americas Holding LLC.    3 UBS Americas Holding<br> LLC, as a designated category III bank, has been subject to a simplification<br> of regulatory capital rules since 1 April 2020. The revisions simplify<br> the framework for regulatory capital deductions and increase risk weights for<br> certain assets, impacting the CET1 ratio by 0.3% as of 31 December 2020,<br> 30 September 2020 and 30 June 2020.    4 Refer to the<br> “Introduction and basis for preparation” section of this report for<br> information on the restatement of comparative information, as applicable.   <br> 5 Calculated as 8% of total RWA, based on total capital minimum<br> requirements, excluding CET1 buffer requirements.    6 This represents<br> the CET1 ratio that is available for meeting buffer requirements. It is<br> calculated as the CET1 ratio minus 4.5%.    7 On the basis of tier 1<br> capital.    8 UBS Americas Holding LLC, as a designated category III<br> bank, has been subject to supplementary leverage ratio (SLR) reporting since<br> 1 April 2020. US Regulatory authorities have temporarily eased the<br> requirements for the SLR, allowing for the exclusion of US Treasury<br> securities and deposits at the Federal Reserve Banks from the SLR denominator<br> through March 2021. This exclusion resulted in an increase in the SLR of 170<br> bps on 31 December 2020, 136 bps on 30 September 2020 and<br> 135 bps on 30 June 2020.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

125

Significant regulated subsidiaries and sub-groups

Material sub-group entity – creditor ranking at legal entity level

Semi-annual | The TLAC2 table below provides an overview of the creditor ranking structure of UBS Americas Holding LLC on a standalone basis.

As of 31 December 2020, UBS Americas Holding LLC had a total loss-absorbing capacity of USD 23,031 million after regulatory capital deductions and adjustments. This amount included Tier 1 capital of USD 17,431 million and USD 5,600 million of internal long-term debt which is eligible as internal TLAC issued to UBS AG, a wholly owned subsidiary of the UBS Group AG resolution entity. p

Semi-annual |

TLAC2 – Material sub-group entity<br> – creditor ranking at legal entity level
As of 31.12.20 Creditor ranking Total
million 1 2 3 4 ****
1 No No No No ****
2 Common Equity (most junior)^1^ Preferred Shares (Additional tier 1) Subordinated debt Unsecured loans and other pari passu liabilities (most senior) ****
3 25,133 3,150 600 24,286 53,169
4 **** **** **** 558 558
5 25,133 3,150 600 23,728 52,611
6 25,133 3,150 **** 5,600 33,883
7 **** **** **** 0 ****
8 **** **** **** 4,400 4,400
9 **** **** **** 1,200 1,200
10 **** **** **** 0 ****
11 25,133 3,150 **** **** 28,283
1 Equity attributable to shareholders, which includes share<br> premium and reserves.

All values are in US Dollars.

p

126

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports


A

ABS                 asset-backed securities

AGM               Annual General Meeting of shareholders

A-IRB              advanced internal

ratings-based

AIV                  alternative investment vehicle

ALCO              Asset and Liability Committee

AMA               advanced measurement approach

AML                anti-money laundering

AoA                Articles of Association

APM                alternative performance measure

ARR                 alternative reference rate

ARS                 auction rate securities

ASF                 available stable funding

AT1                 additional tier 1

AuM               assets under management

B

BCBS               Basel Committee on

Banking Supervision

BIS                   Bank for International Settlements

BoD                 Board of Directors

C

CAO                Capital Adequacy Ordinance

CCAR              Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CCF                 credit conversion factor

CCP                 central counterparty

CCR                counterparty credit risk

CCRC              Corporate Culture and Responsibility Committee

CCyB               countercyclical buffer

CDO                collateralized debt

obligation

CDS                 credit default swap

CEA                 Commodity Exchange Act

CEM                current exposure method

CEO                Chief Executive Officer

CET1               common equity tier 1

CFO                 Chief Financial Officer

CFTC               US Commodity Futures Trading Commission

CGU                cash-generating unit

CHF                 Swiss franc

CIC                  Corporate & Institutional Clients

CIO                 Chief Investment Office

CLS                 Continuous Linked Settlement

CMBS             commercial mortgage-backed security

C&ORC           Compliance & Operational Risk Control

CRD IV            EU Capital Requirements Directive of 2013

CRM               credit risk mitigation (credit risk) or comprehensive risk measure (market risk)

CST                 combined stress test

CVA                credit valuation adjustment

D

DBO                defined benefit obligation

DCCP              Deferred Contingent Capital Plan

DJSI                 Dow Jones Sustainability Indices

DM                  discount margin

DOJ                 US Department of Justice

DTA                 deferred tax asset

DVA                debit valuation adjustment


E

EAD                 exposure at default

EB                    Executive Board

EBA                 European Banking Authority

EC                   European Commission

ECB                 European Central Bank

ECL                  expected credit loss

EGM               Extraordinary General Meeting of shareholders

EIR                   effective interest rate

EL                    expected loss

EMEA              Europe, Middle East and Africa

EOP                 Equity Ownership Plan

EPE                  expected positive exposure

EPS                  earnings per share

ESG                 environmental, social and governance

ETD                 exchange-traded derivatives

ETF                  exchange-traded fund

EU                   European Union

EUR                 euro

EURIBOR        Euro Interbank Offered Rate

ESR                  environmental and social risk

EVE                  economic value of equity

EY                    Ernst & Young Ltd

F

FA                    financial advisor

FCA                 UK Financial Conduct

Authority

FCT                  foreign currency translation

FINMA            Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority

FMIA               Swiss Financial Market Infrastructure Act

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports (continued)

FSB                  Financial Stability Board

FTA                  Swiss Federal Tax Administration

FVA                 funding valuation adjustment

FVOCI             fair value through other comprehensive income

FVTPL              fair value through profit or loss

FX                    foreign exchange

G

GAAP              generally accepted

accounting principles

GCRG             Group Compliance, Regulatory & Governance

GBP                 pound sterling

GDP                gross domestic product

GEB                 Group Executive Board

GHG               greenhouse gas

GIA                 Group Internal Audit

GMD               Group Managing Director

GRI                  Global Reporting Initiative

GSE                 government sponsored entities

G-SIB              global systemically important bank

H

HQLA**** high-quality liquid assets

HR                   human resources


I

IAS                  International Accounting Standards

IASB                International Accounting Standards Board

IBOR                interbank offered rate

IFRIC               International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee

IFRS                 International Financial Reporting Standards

IHC                  intermediate holding company

IMA                 internal models approach

IMM                internal model method

IRB                  internal ratings-based

IRC                  incremental risk charge

IRRBB              interest rate risk in the banking book

ISDA                International Swaps and Derivatives Association

K

KRT                 Key Risk Taker

L

LAS                  liquidity-adjusted stress

LCR                 liquidity coverage ratio

LGD                 loss given default

LIBOR              London Interbank Offered Rate

LLC                  limited liability company

LoD                 lines of defense

LRD                 leverage ratio denominator

LTIP                 Long-Term Incentive Plan

LTV                  loan-to-value


M

M&A               mergers and acquisitions

MiFID II           Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II

MRT                Material Risk Taker


N

NAV                net asset value

NII                   net interest income

NSFR               net stable funding ratio

NYSE               New York Stock Exchange



O

OCA                own credit adjustment

OCI                 other comprehensive income

ORF                 operational risk framework

OTC                over-the-counter

P

PD                   probability of default

PIT                   point in time

P&L                  profit or loss

POCI               purchased or originated credit-impaired

PRA                 UK Prudential Regulation Authority

PRV                 positive replacement value

R

RBA                 role-based allowance

RBC                 risk-based capital

RbM                risk-based monitoring

REIT                 real estate investment trust

RMBS              residential mortgage-backed securities

RniV                risks not in VaR

RoAE               return on attributed equity

RoCET1           return on CET1 capital

RoTE               return on tangible equity

RoU                 right-of-use

rTSR                relative total shareholder return

RV                   replacement value

RW                  risk weight

RWA               risk-weighted assets

Abbreviations frequently used in our financial reports (continued)

S

SA                   standardized approach

SA-CCR          standardized approach for counterparty credit risk

SAR                 stock appreciation right or Special Administrative Region

SBC                 Swiss Bank Corporation

SDG                Sustainable Development Goal

SE                    structured entity

SEC                 US Securities and Exchange Commission

SEEOP             Senior Executive Equity Ownership Plan

SFT                  securities financing transaction

SI                     sustainable investing or

sustainable investments

SICR                significant increase in credit risk

SIX                   SIX Swiss Exchange

SME                small and medium-sized entities

SMF                 Senior Management Function

SNB                 Swiss National Bank

SPPI                 solely payments of principal and interest

SRB                 systemically relevant bank

SRM                specific risk measure

SVaR               stressed value-at-risk



T

TBTF                too big to fail

TCFD               Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures

TLAC               total loss-absorbing capacity

U

UoM               units of measure

USD                 US dollar

V

VaR                 value-at-risk

VAT                 value added tax

This is a general list of the abbreviations frequently used in our financial reporting. Not all of the listed abbreviations may appear in this particular report.


























































CautionaryStatement | This report and the information contained herein are provided solely for information purposes, and are not to be construed as solicitation of an offer to buy or sell any securities or other financial instruments in Switzerland, the United States or any other jurisdiction. No investment decision relating to securities of or relating to UBS Group AG, UBS AG or their affiliates should be made on the basis of this report. Refer to UBS’s Annual Report 2020, available at ubs.com/investors, for additional information.

Rounding | Numbers presented throughout this report may not add up precisely to the totals provided in the tables and text. Percentages and percent changes are calculated on the basis of unrounded figures. Information about absolute changes between reporting periods, which is provided in text and which can be derived from figures displayed in the tables, is calculated on a rounded basis.

Tables | Within tables, blank fields generally indicate that the field is not applicable or not meaningful, or that information is not available as of the relevant date or for the relevant period. Zero values generally indicate that the respective figure is zero on an actual or rounded basis. Percentage changes are presented as a mathematical calculation of the change between periods.

UBS Group AG

P.O. Box

CH-8098 Zurich

ubs.com

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrants have duly caused this report to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

UBS Group AG

By: _/s/ David Kelly _____________

Name:  David Kelly

Title:     Managing Director

By: _/s/ Ella Campi ______________

Name:  Ella Campi

Title:    Executive Director

UBS AG

By: _/s/ David Kelly _____________

Name:  David Kelly

Title:     Managing Director

By: _/s/ Ella Campi ______________

Name:  Ella Campi

Title:    Executive Director

Date:  March 5, 2021